unit 1 diversity of living things - hutchison enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of living...

43
1 UNIT UNIT TASK PREVIEW In this Unit Task you will select a group of organisms and then examine the roles they play in supporting ecosystems. You will investigate specific threats to their diversity by examining how human actions are influencing the group in both negative and positive ways. The Unit Task is described in detail on page XXX. As you work through the unit look for Unit Task Bookmarks to see how information in the section related to the Unit Task. Diversity of Living Things OVERALL EXPECTATIONS analyze the effects of various human activities on the diversity of living things investigate, through laboratory and/or field activities or through simulations, the principles of scientific classification, using appropriate sampling and classification techniques demonstrate an understanding of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the principles of taxonomy and phylogeny BIG IDEAS All living things can be classified according to their anatomical and physiological characteristics. Human activities affect the diversity of living things in ecosystems. NEL 2 Unit 1 • Diversity of Living Things UO2-P01-OB11USB 7380_UNIT01_pp002-043.indd 2 8/5/10 4:55:25 PM Posted in 2nd Pass folder on 8.5.10

Upload: hanhu

Post on 28-Jun-2018

224 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

1UNIT

UNiT TASK PrEvIEw

In this Unit Task you will select a group of organisms and then examine the roles they play in supporting ecosystems You will investigate specifi c threats to their diversity by examining how human actions are infl uencing the group in both negative and positive ways

The Unit Task is described in detail on page XXX As you work through the unit look for Unit Task Bookmarks to see how information in the section related to the Unit Task

diversity of Living Things

oVerALL eXpectAtionsbull analyzetheeffectsofvarious

humanactivitiesonthediversityoflivingthings

bull investigatethroughlaboratoryandorfieldactivitiesorthroughsimulationstheprinciplesofscientificclassificationusingappropriatesamplingandclassificationtechniques

bull demonstrateanunderstandingofthediversityoflivingorganismsintermsoftheprinciplesoftaxonomyandphylogeny

BiG iDeAsbull Alllivingthingscanbeclassified

accordingtotheiranatomicalandphysiologicalcharacteristics

bull Humanactivitiesaffectthediversityoflivingthingsinecosystems

NEL2 Unit 1 bull Diversity of Living Things

uo2-p01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 2 8510 45525 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltnotes to PE are in pinkgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
the
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
things
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
both
dalic
Text Box
ltGLOBAL NOTE 13Please check spacing throughout document as well as dimensions of photosgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease continue pagination of this chapter from 2gt

Focus on STSE

A First or LAst chAnce to seeThe biosphere contains an astounding diversity of living things Living things inhabit virtu-ally every square metre of Earthrsquos surface from the deepest ocean trenches to the highest mountain tops Life comes in a truly astonishing array of shapes and sizes both familiar and bizarre You may recognize and admire bald eagles humpback whales and polar bears but know little about or even fear vampire bats tarantulas and giant squid

Biologists discover new types of living things daily but they have catalogued only a fraction of the millions of different kinds of living things thought to inhabit the Earth Biologists also continue to discover important interconnections among organisms For example most plants rely on soil fungi to get nutrients from the soil and most animals depend on microbes living within their bodies to help them digest food

You are fortunate because you will have the opportunity in your life to admire study and benefit from the millions of kinds of organisms with which you share this planet If you are lucky you may see moose while hiking or paddling through Ontariorsquos beautiful old growth forests or examine the several species of small carnivorous plants that live in Ontario bogs You may travel to an ocean to go whale watching or scuba over a coral reef or perhaps visit a tropical rainforest

Unfortunately opportunities like this are limited by past human actions and may be limited even more in the future Climate change habitat destruction pollution and the introduction of invasive organisms are posing a serious threat to the diversity of life on a global scale For the many living things that are endangered the situation is grave The years ahead may be our last chance to see them before they go extinct

The situation however is far from hopeless Actions and decisions we make today can help sustain healthy ecosystems and conserve the diversity of life on Earth Wise choices today can ensure that future generations have a chance to see admire and experience this amazing diversity of life

Questions 1 Some kinds of organisms are far more dramatic than others People often marvel

at their first sight of an elephant or whale a beautiful flower or a towering tree (a) In a small group brainstorm a list of 10 or more of the most interesting kinds

of organisms Provide reasons for your selections(b) Which of these organisms have you seen in real life Which would you like to

see K TI A

2 Humans are very dependent on other organisms for survival Other organisms supply us with foods clothing medicines and building materials (a) Did your list of organisms in question 1 include organisms that benefit you (b) In your group make a second list of 10 or more organisms that you think are

most important to humans Explain your reasoning TI A

3 Although people are most familiar with plants and animals the living world also contains many kinds of fungi protists and other microorganisms Do you think these organisms are as important as plants and animals Why or why not TI A

4 Many scientists are very concerned about threats to Earthrsquos diversity of life Do you share this concern What responsibility do you think we have to protect the diversity of life TI A

Focus on STSE 3NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 3 8510 45527 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
however
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
microscopic organisms
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
and
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
microscopic organisms
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

unit 1 ArE you rEAdy

Concepts review 1 The following key terms are associated with the ways

in which scientists gather information and conduct investigations Explain the meaning of each term Ku TI

(a) hypothesis(b) independent variable(c) dependent variable(d) controlled experiment

2 Decide if the following statements are true or false If they are true copy them directly into your notebook If they are false rewrite each statement to make it true Ku

(a) All living things are made up of many cells(b) Living things grow reproduce and repair

themselves(c) Most living things require energy to function(d) Animals respond to changes in their environment

but plants do not(e) All organisms perform photosynthesis but only

plants perform cellular respiration 3 Match the terms with the statements below Ku

(a) mutualism(b) symbiosis (c) parasitism (d) commensalism (i) a situation in which two organisms live in

close contact and at least one benefits (ii) a situation in which one organism lives in or on

another organism and feeds on that organism (iii) a situation in which two organisms live in

close contact and both benefit (iv) a situation in which two organisms live in

close contact One benefits and the other is not affected

4 Describe the relationships among an embryo tissues and the process of cell differentiation Ku

5 Many biology news stories refer to advances in genetics How are the terms ldquogeneticrdquo and ldquogenetic informationrdquo related to chromosomes DNA and inherited information Ku TI

6 State the function of each of the following Ku

(a) chromosomes(b) mitochondria(c) chloroplasts(d) flagella(e) DNA(f) ribosome(g) nucleus

7 Compare and contrast the following terms Ku

(a) cell wall and cell membrane(b) unicellular and multicellular(c) mitosis and the cell cycle

8 State the function of each of the following Ku

(a) muscle tissue(b) nervous tissue(c) vascular tissue(d) epithelium

9 We are most familiar with plants and animals but they are just two groups of organisms on Earth List 2 or 3 characteristic features of the following groups of living things Ku

(a) protists(b) fungi(c) bacteria

10 Brainstorm a list of different kinds of organisms that might live in a particular habitat such as a forest field or pond Then draw a hypothetical food web that shows how they are interconnected TI C

conceptsbull understandscientificterminologyrelatedtocells

organismsandecosystems

bull compareandcontrastdifferentkindsofcells

bull recognizethepostulatesofthecelltheory

bull understandthatalllivingthingsareinterdependent

bull recognizethathumanactionsinfluencespeciesandthesustainabilityofecosystems

skiLLs bull makebiologicaldrawings

bull properlyuseandcareforamicroscope

bull preparedryandwetmountslides

bull makeandrecordcarefulobservations

bull communicateideasplansproceduresresultsandconclusionsusingappropriatescientificterminologyandformats

bull analyzeandinterpretqualitativeandquantitativedata

4 Unit 1 bull Diversity of Living Things NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 4 8510 45527 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
other
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
s
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
i
Caroline
Pencil

11 How does a food web illustrate the interdependence of one kind of organism on another Use an example from your food web to explain what would happen to the ecosystem if one kind of living thing were removed TI A

12 Give one or two examples of ways in which living things influence and are dependent upon(a) the carbon cycle(b) the water cycle(c) the nitrogen cycle Ku A

13 Humans interact with other kinds of living things in many ways Some of these interactions are harmful to ecosystems Match the term on the left with the description of interaction on the below Ku A

(a) invasive species(b) monoculture(c) climate change(d) extirpation (i) Humans are producing large quantities of

greenhouse gases that trap thermal energy (ii) Habitat loss and pollution can lead to the loss

of a species from a particular region (iii) Humans often introduce organisms into new

environments with unforeseen consequences (iv) Humans often grow crops in large fields

containing a single kind of plant 14 Humans can also act to ensure that ecosystem remain

sustainable Ku TI A

(a) What does ldquosustainablerdquo mean(b) Give an example of an action you could take to

improve the sustainability of ecosystems(c) How is the sustainability of an ecosystem influenced

by the diversity of living things in the ecosystem 15 You like all humans depend on other organisms for

food But food is only one of the many benefits to humans of other organisms Brainstorm and list of the many ways that you benefit of other organisms in your daily life TI C A

Skills review 16 Examine the cells in Figure 1 Ku TI A

(a) Identify each cell as a plant animal bacteria or protist Give reasons for your choices

(b) What evidence suggests that some of these organisms have the ability to move

(c) What evidence suggests that one of these organisms has the ability to produce its own food

17 List the characteristics of a good biological drawing Ku

18 Make a biological drawing of one of the cells in Figure 1 Ku C

19 Describe how you would make a wet mount of a sample of banana cells C

20 Describe the step-by-step procedure you would use to observe cells under high power TI C

21 Suggest several safety precautions that you think should be taken when studying live organisms A

CAREER PATHWAYS PrEvIEw

Throughout this unit you will see Career Links in the margins These links mention careers that are relevant to the Diversity of Living Things On the Chapter Summary page at the end of each chapter you will find a Career Pathways feature that shows you the educational requirements of the careers There are also some career-related questions for you to research

NEL Are You Ready 5

Figure 1

uo2-p02-oB11usB

uo2-p04-oB11usB

uo2-p03-oB11usB

uo2-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 5 8510 45529 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
s
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
from
Caroline
Text Box
ltUO2-P02 Can we change to Photo Researchers SB2399 Change description of photo in the log to green algaegt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
ltplease format properly as you would format a matching Q in the Ch Review--see Q1- in attached page but do not include introductory statementgt1313

TheenspfollowingenspiconsenspindicateensptheenspAchievementenspChartenspcategoryenspaddressedenspbyenspeachenspquestion

KU ensp KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ensp ThinkingInvestigationC ensp Communication A ensp Application

UNIT

B SELF-QUIZ

for each question select the best answer from the four alternatives

1 What are producers able to do that consumers cannot (24) KU

(a) cycle energy in ecosystems(b) make their own food(c) release energy from food (d) generate thermal energy

2 Th e unique way a species interacts with other species and with its environment is called (25) KU

(a) a trophic level(b) a feeding role(c) an ecological niche(d) a food chain

3 Which of the following is an example of a biotic factor (22 27) KU

(a) sunlight(b) grass(c) soil(d) water

4 Which of the following is true about pesticides (44 45) KU

(a) Pesticides are toxic only to the target species

(b) Pesticides tend to reduce overall food production

(c) Pesticides are used to replace nutrients in soil

(d) Pesticides can pass from an organism to its consumer

Indicate whether each of the statements is true or false If you think the statement is false rewrite it to make it true

5 Primary succession occurs in an ecosystem that has been partially disturbed by an event such as a forest fi re (32) KU

6 Fragmentation of an ecosystem occurs when the ecosystem is divided into smaller parcels making it more sustainable (34) KU

7 A threatened species is a species that may become endangered if current trends continue (33) KU

Copy each of the following statements into your notebook fill in the blanks with a word or phrase that correctly completes the sentence

8 Groundwater can become contaminated with nitrogen compounds from fertilizers through a process called (42) KU

9 An environment and all its organisms form a(n) (22) KU

Match each term on the left with the most appropriate description on the right

10 (a) producer (i) the feeding position of an organism along a food chain

(b) consumer (ii) an organism that obtains energy by eating other organisms

(c) decomposer (iii) a network of feeding relationships within a community

(d) food chain (iv) an organism that obtains energy by eating dead organic matter

(e) food web (v) an organism that obtains energy by making its own food

(f) trophic level (vi) a sequence of organisms each feeding on the next (24 25) KU

Write a short answer to each of these questions

11 List three examples of products we obtain from terrestrial ecosystems (31) KU

12 Explain the diff erence between a population and a community (22) KU

13 Predation and parasitism are two examples of species interactions (27) KU

(a) How are predation and parasitism alike (b) How are they diff erent

164 Unit B bull Sustainable Ecosystems NEL

6646_Sci9_ch04_pp148-165indd 164 71709 60804 PM

    dalic
    File Attachment
    pagepdf
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove to column 2gt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltimages should be left-aligned with the Q numbergt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt

    ch

    Ap

    ter

    1keY conceptsIn this chapter you will be able to

    bullensp describe the nature of biological diversity and the biological species concept

    bullensp outline some of the primary human-caused threats to Earthrsquos biodiversity

    bullensp explain the principles of taxonomy and phylogeny and the concepts of taxonomic rank

    bullensp describe and compare traditional and modern biological classifi cation systems

    bullensp outline some of the key features used to classify all living organisms into six kingdoms

    bullensp construct and apply dichotomous keys for the purpose of identifying species

    bullensp use appropriate sampling methods to collect specimens from an ecosystem and classify them using scientifi c criteria

    what Connects Life on EarthLife can be found almost everywhere Organisms live at the bottom of the ocean abyss deep underground on icy mountaintops and in boiling hot springs Even our own bodies are home to countless millions of microscopic organismsmdashwe are their habitat

    Emperor penguins show many of the most dramatic and fascinating quali-ties of living things such as the ability to live and fl ourish in extreme environ-ments Emperor penguins begin life by hatching from an egg during sunless days on a sheet of ice in the most inhospitable continent on EarthmdashAntarctica Surviving temperatures of ndash60 degC they are cared for and protected by their parents until they are able to march for tens of kilometres to the waterrsquos edge As they plunge into the icy water they transform from awkward waddlers into majestic high performance swimming machines faster and more agile than almost any fi sh

    As unique and marvellous as penguins are they are just one of the millions of remarkable organisms on Earth Our planet is also home to elephants with noses that drag on the ground albatrosses that can stay airborne for more than a year at a time and deadly poisonous stonefi sh hiding in coral reefs Some eastern white cedar trees living in Ontario are over 1000 years old

    Th e diversity of life is truly extraordinary It is also immeasurably valuable All organisms including humans depend on other organisms for survival Other organisms provide us with oxygen clean air and water food medicines and building materials But throughout the world native plant and animal populations are declining due to habitat loss pollution over-harvesting and competition with invasive species Many species are threatened with extinction

    In this chapter you will examine the grandeur of life beginning with an ex-ploration of the diversity of life and our dependence on it You will learn how organisms are identifi ed and classifi ed and gain insights into why scientists are so concerned about the threats to the diversity of life

    understanding Biodiversity

    Answer the following questions using your current knowledge You will have a chance to revisit these questions later applying concepts and skills from the chapter

    1 How many different kinds of living things do you think there are on Earth How might this diversity be important or valuable

    2 How do you think organisms can be distinguished from one another

    3 What do you think are the benefi ts of naming and classifying (or grouping) living things How might this be accomplished

    STARTiNg PoInTS

    6 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 6 8510 45531 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    After completing
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Identify Exceptional organisms

    Skills Questioning Predicting Communicating

    A good way to begin a study of the diversity of life on Earth is to consider the great variety of organisms that you are already familiar with In this activity you will brainstorm examples of living things that fall into given categories and suggest some categories of your own

    1 Working in small groups brainstorm examples of organisms on Earth that you think best fi t the following categories

    You may list more than one kind of organism for each category but you must identify which of these you think is the ldquobestrdquo choice

    2 Record your choices in a table or other suitable format

    3 Have a class discussion in which groups argue in favour of their selections Be prepared to change your mind if others have a better case for their choice

    A Which categories are based on opinion and which are based on an objective characteristic TI

    B Did everyone interpret the categories in the same way Did ldquovaluablerdquo or ldquodangerousrdquo have the same meaning for everyone TI

    C Were there any choices that almost everyone agreed with Why do you think that was the case TI

    Mini Investigation

    SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

    bullensp largestensplivingenspanimal

    bullensp mostenspbeautifulensporganism

    bullensp smallestenspplant

    bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfood

    bullensp mostenspunusualenspanimal

    bullensp mostensppowerfulensppredator

    bullensp mostenspdangerousensporganism

    bullensp mostenspcolourfulenspanimal

    bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfungus

    bullensp fastestensprunner

    bullensp fastestenspflenspyer

    bullensp fastestenspswimmer

    bullensp threeenspmoreenspcategoriesenspof your own choosing

    Introduction 7NEL

    c01-p01-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 7 8510 45536 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    11

    Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

    BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse The variety of species on Earth or in any eco-system on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity By 2010 the International Year of Biodiversity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are dis-covered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans (Figure 1) brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million different kinds of living things

    In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

    what Is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

    In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions Two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasionally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a cross between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only reproduce asexually For these organisms the spe-cies definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

    Individual variabilityAtoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical but a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

    As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited information (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual vari-ability While the study of the diversity of living things focuses on distinctions among species individual variability is vital to both individuals and entire populations

    species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

    hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

    morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

    biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

    Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

    8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    c01-p03-oB11usB

    c01-p05-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 8 8510 45538 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    and number of life forms
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    traits
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    number and
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltenlarge to a size B width crop top and bottom off photos and squeeze into the text measure we will try and cut some more text at next passgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltPHOTO change back to a size D (as it was in 1st pass and keep in the margingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    so on
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    traditional
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    always hold true to
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    traditional
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltalign definitions with in text calloutsgt

    variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space Th ey can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

    Th e physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors infl uencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

    Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area do not vary much

    BiodiversitySpecies come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Diff erent species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance Th ey also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents Th is produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are diff erences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

    How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiver-sity To begin to answer these questions we will examine diversity in ecosystems

    genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same speciesC01-F01-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0-17-650431-1

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    gray rat snake(E o spiloides )

    Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri )

    Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni )

    W E

    N

    S

    black rat snake(E o obsoleta )

    yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata )

    0 300 600 km

    Figure 4 This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant

    (a) (b)

    c01-p06-oB11usB c01-p07-oB11usB

    Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

    evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

    c01-F01-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 9 8510 45542 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltTRgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    a change
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    occurs in an entire population usually occurs over a long period
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    significantly
    Doug
    Text Box
    are much less variable
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltPHOTO Change C01-P06 to SPL B305076 gt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    an adult
    dalic
    Text Box
    This light microscope image shows several diatoms Diatoms are a distinctive group of single-celled algae characterized by their intricately patterned glass-like cell wall Diatoms form an important part of the plankton at the base of the marine amp freshwater food chains There are over 10 000 species of diatoms
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltFIgure 3 goes heregt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltPlease place these two photos as the same width and height should be standard size B dimensionsgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

    species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

    structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

    EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about becoming an ecologist

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    C01-F02-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    2nd pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    canopy

    understorey

    herb layer

    Figure 5 This mature forest has abundant structural diversity

    microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

    c01-f02-ob11usb

    diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

    diversity of InteractionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1 next page)

    Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

    Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

    Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that each have large populations

    diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

    Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 5) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of tem-perature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

    An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 6(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 6(b))

    heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

    To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 10 8510 45543 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    microhabitats with
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    (Figure 5)
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove Figure 6 from p 12 here set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    P
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    have
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcant see this label change colour of fontgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltalign with call outgt

    Table 1 Species Interactions

    Interaction Examples

    Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

    bullensp enspBonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbones of dead whales that sink to the bottom of the ocean

    bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinside the bodies of giant clams and coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

    Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

    bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnails for a protective home

    bullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinenspthe trunks of Cecropia trees The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants protect the tree by biting and stinging any herbivores that try to eat from it

    Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

    bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbills of hummingbirds moving from flower to flower feeding on nectar

    bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthem to stick to passing animals and be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing

    Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

    bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgans that attract ants The ants feed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

    bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandoned cavities made in trees by woodpeckers for their own nests

    Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

    bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspwhere large fish come to have external parasites removed by small fish and shrimp

    bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveenspon our own skin help protect us from other bacterial and fungal infections

    Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

    bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspare almost entirely incapable of digesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and other microorganisms living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

    bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestines of humans produce vitamins that are then absorbed into the circulatory system

    c01-p08-oB11usB

    c01-p09-oB11usB

    c01-p10-oB11usB

    c01-p11-oB11usB

    c01-p12-oB11usB

    c01-p13-oB11usB

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 11 8510 45552 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltDelete border to merge top two cellsgt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    and corals
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    tissues
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    this
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make all photos in this table the same dimensionsgt

    All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

    Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

    Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

    by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

    including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

    Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

    Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

    Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

    Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

    Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

    (a)

    c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

    To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    (b)

    12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    established after
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    normal
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

    While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

    Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    11 Summary

    bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

    bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

    structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

    many human activities

    11 Questions

    1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

    2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

    3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

    4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

    5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

    (a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

    6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

    7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

    8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

    (a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

    (b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

    9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

    10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

    11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

    Figure 7

    c01-p15-oB11usB

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull backgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcatch web link icongt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcatch web link icon bannergt

    12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

    Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

    Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

    Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

    biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

    Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

    c01-p17-oB11usB

    c01-p18-oB11usB

    c01-p20-oB11usB

    c01-p19-oB11usB

    c01-p21-oB11usB

    Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

    (c)

    (a) (b)

    (d)

    14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

    bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

    For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

    Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

    The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

    One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

    You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

    Table 1 Species Variety

    CategoryNumber of species

    Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

    hummingbirds of Brazil

    gt 200

    fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

    gt 1000

    types of wasp gt 100 000

    types of snails and slugs

    gt 100 000

    seed producing plants gt 260 000

    Mini Investigation

    In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

    1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

    2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

    3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

    A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

    B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

    C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

    D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

    E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

    F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

    Creating a Classifi cation System

    Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

    Mini Investigation

    Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

    taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

    c01-p22-oB11usB

    12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun ingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun ingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltdelete rowgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back textgt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Text Box
    Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    D
    dalic
    Text Box
    E
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

    To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

    Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

    botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

    BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

    Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

    Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

    Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

    Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

    Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

    Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

    (a) (b)

    c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

    (a) (b)

    Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

    To learn about DNA bar coding

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

    c01-p27-oB11usB

    genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

    16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    a quarter of
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    are the same species but do not appear similar They
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    identifying organisms by DNA examination
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
    Caroline
    Text Box
    genus
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

    Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

    Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

    The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

    Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

    Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

    In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

    In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

    binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

    Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

    The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

    LEARNiNg TIP

    c01-p28-oB11usB

    taxon a category used to classify organisms

    kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

    12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

    Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

    kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

    phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

    class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

    order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

    family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

    genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

    species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

    Haliaeetus leucocephalus

    Apis mellifera

    dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

    Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

    Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

    c01-p30-oB11usB

    dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

    bill elongated

    bill not elongated

    bill greatly widened at end

    bill straight

    bill strongly curved

    spoonbill

    heron

    ibis

    bill strongly hooked

    bill uniform in width

    cardinal

    eagle

    bill straight

    C01-F03-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    2nd pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

    c01-f03-ob11usb

    18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

    A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

    Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

    Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

    Investigation 121

    Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

    (a) (b)

    c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

    As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

    12 Summary

    bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

    characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

    12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

    12 Questions

    1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

    2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

    3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

    4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

    5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

    (a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

    (b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

    (c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

    (d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

    Table 4

    Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

    Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

    Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

    6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

    7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

    used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

    examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

    relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

    8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

    (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

    (i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

    using scientific names rather than common names

    9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

    bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

    living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

    certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

    (c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

    10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

    (a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

    (b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

    (c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

    SEE OVERMATTER

    20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltCATCH web link icongt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltCATCH web link icongt
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltCATCH web link bannergt
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    answer the questions below
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    lttrgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    What is
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caroline
    Text Box
    What are
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    How many species are
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Describe
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun in 2 columnsgt
    dalic
    Pencil

    Table 5

    bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

    smooth skinbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull swims using fins and tail

    bull live birth

    bull warm-blooded

    bull some hairbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull walks on two legs

    bull live birthbull no tail

    bull warm-blooded

    bull feathersbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull walks on two legs

    bull lays eggsbull short tail

    bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

    bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

    bull warm-blooded

    bull covered in hair

    bull four-chambered heart

    bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

    used on land and in water

    c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

    OVERMATTER

    oM20

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
    Caroline
    Rectangle
    Caroline
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    three
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    flippers and tail flukes
    Doug
    Text Box
    using its tail
    Doug
    Text Box
    and flies
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltimages approved 6gt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

    13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

    Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

    PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

    C01-F04-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    1st pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0-17-650431-1

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    William Smithdied age 40

    NF1

    Liz Smithdied 95

    Katy ChenBreast Cancer

    diag 55

    PeterSmith

    DavidRoberts

    SarahRoberts

    NF1diag 40

    Shelley SmithNF1

    diag 42died 52

    LukeJohnson

    AlisonRasheed

    Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

    KhaledRasheed

    Bill RobertsNF1

    died 30

    PeterJohnson

    NF1diag 5

    NikiJohnson

    JakieRasheed

    BillRasheed

    Ann RobertsNF1

    diag 30

    Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

    evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

    phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

    phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

    clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

    Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

    CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

    Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

    LEARNiNg TIP

    c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

    Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

    C01-F05-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    1st pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
    Doug
    Stamp
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltclose up this spacegt

    Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

    The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

    Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

    C01-F08-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    past

    present

    Figure 4(a)

    Solution

    Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

    Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

    Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

    Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

    C01-F09-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    past

    present

    A

    B

    Figure 4(b)

    Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

    c01-F08-oB11usB

    c01-F09-oB11usB

    Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

    C01-F06-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    (a)

    c01-F06-oB11usB

    C01-F07-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    Felidae(cats)

    Hyaenidae(hyaena)

    Canidae(dogs)

    Carnivora

    Ursidae(bears)

    Phocidae(seals)

    Mustelidae(mink)

    (b)

    c01-F07-oB11usB

    on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

    Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

    22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    5
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    5
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    (Figure 5)
    dalic
    Text Box
    Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    Using
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
    dalic
    Pencil

    Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

    past

    present

    C01-F10-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    A

    B

    Figure 4(c)

    How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

    Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    C01-F11-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    A

    B

    Figure 5(a)

    Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

    Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

    C01-F12-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    seal bat rat monkey

    A

    B

    rabbit

    C

    D

    Figure 5(b)

    Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

    Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

    coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

    c01-F10-oB11usB

    c01-F11-oB11usB

    c01-F12-oB11usB

    Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

    (a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Doug
    Text Box
    Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
    Doug
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    (Figure 6)
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    6
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    [KU][TI][C][A]
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    [KU][TI][C][A]
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

    In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

    C01-F13-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    1st pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    ClassMammalia

    Turtles

    Class ReptiliaLizards

    and Snakes Crocodilians

    Class AvesBirds

    TraditionalTaxonomy

    Early Reptiles

    Mammal Clade

    TurtlesLizards

    and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

    Birds

    Phylogenetic Taxonomy

    Early Reptiles

    Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

    and Snakes Birds

    and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

    c01-F13-oB11usB

    Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

    (a)

    (b)

    24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Common four-limbed ancestor
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Traditional taxonomy
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Common four-limbed ancestor
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Phylogenetic taxonomy
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
    Caroline
    Text Box
    mammals
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART lc x5gt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    9
    dalic
    Text Box
    9
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    13 Summary

    bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

    bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

    bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

    bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

    13 Questions

    1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

    2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

    3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

    4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

    5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

    (a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

    (b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

    (c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

    6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

    systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

    7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

    (a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

    green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

    recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

    C01-F14-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

    Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

    uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

    Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

    TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the orange
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    closely
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the pink
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the orange
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    5
    Caroline
    Text Box
    6
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    8
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    8
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    [CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

    [CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

    Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

    Web Link

    To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

    The International Barcode of Life Project

    Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

    The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

    Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 2: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Focus on STSE

A First or LAst chAnce to seeThe biosphere contains an astounding diversity of living things Living things inhabit virtu-ally every square metre of Earthrsquos surface from the deepest ocean trenches to the highest mountain tops Life comes in a truly astonishing array of shapes and sizes both familiar and bizarre You may recognize and admire bald eagles humpback whales and polar bears but know little about or even fear vampire bats tarantulas and giant squid

Biologists discover new types of living things daily but they have catalogued only a fraction of the millions of different kinds of living things thought to inhabit the Earth Biologists also continue to discover important interconnections among organisms For example most plants rely on soil fungi to get nutrients from the soil and most animals depend on microbes living within their bodies to help them digest food

You are fortunate because you will have the opportunity in your life to admire study and benefit from the millions of kinds of organisms with which you share this planet If you are lucky you may see moose while hiking or paddling through Ontariorsquos beautiful old growth forests or examine the several species of small carnivorous plants that live in Ontario bogs You may travel to an ocean to go whale watching or scuba over a coral reef or perhaps visit a tropical rainforest

Unfortunately opportunities like this are limited by past human actions and may be limited even more in the future Climate change habitat destruction pollution and the introduction of invasive organisms are posing a serious threat to the diversity of life on a global scale For the many living things that are endangered the situation is grave The years ahead may be our last chance to see them before they go extinct

The situation however is far from hopeless Actions and decisions we make today can help sustain healthy ecosystems and conserve the diversity of life on Earth Wise choices today can ensure that future generations have a chance to see admire and experience this amazing diversity of life

Questions 1 Some kinds of organisms are far more dramatic than others People often marvel

at their first sight of an elephant or whale a beautiful flower or a towering tree (a) In a small group brainstorm a list of 10 or more of the most interesting kinds

of organisms Provide reasons for your selections(b) Which of these organisms have you seen in real life Which would you like to

see K TI A

2 Humans are very dependent on other organisms for survival Other organisms supply us with foods clothing medicines and building materials (a) Did your list of organisms in question 1 include organisms that benefit you (b) In your group make a second list of 10 or more organisms that you think are

most important to humans Explain your reasoning TI A

3 Although people are most familiar with plants and animals the living world also contains many kinds of fungi protists and other microorganisms Do you think these organisms are as important as plants and animals Why or why not TI A

4 Many scientists are very concerned about threats to Earthrsquos diversity of life Do you share this concern What responsibility do you think we have to protect the diversity of life TI A

Focus on STSE 3NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 3 8510 45527 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
however
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
microscopic organisms
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
and
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
microscopic organisms
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

unit 1 ArE you rEAdy

Concepts review 1 The following key terms are associated with the ways

in which scientists gather information and conduct investigations Explain the meaning of each term Ku TI

(a) hypothesis(b) independent variable(c) dependent variable(d) controlled experiment

2 Decide if the following statements are true or false If they are true copy them directly into your notebook If they are false rewrite each statement to make it true Ku

(a) All living things are made up of many cells(b) Living things grow reproduce and repair

themselves(c) Most living things require energy to function(d) Animals respond to changes in their environment

but plants do not(e) All organisms perform photosynthesis but only

plants perform cellular respiration 3 Match the terms with the statements below Ku

(a) mutualism(b) symbiosis (c) parasitism (d) commensalism (i) a situation in which two organisms live in

close contact and at least one benefits (ii) a situation in which one organism lives in or on

another organism and feeds on that organism (iii) a situation in which two organisms live in

close contact and both benefit (iv) a situation in which two organisms live in

close contact One benefits and the other is not affected

4 Describe the relationships among an embryo tissues and the process of cell differentiation Ku

5 Many biology news stories refer to advances in genetics How are the terms ldquogeneticrdquo and ldquogenetic informationrdquo related to chromosomes DNA and inherited information Ku TI

6 State the function of each of the following Ku

(a) chromosomes(b) mitochondria(c) chloroplasts(d) flagella(e) DNA(f) ribosome(g) nucleus

7 Compare and contrast the following terms Ku

(a) cell wall and cell membrane(b) unicellular and multicellular(c) mitosis and the cell cycle

8 State the function of each of the following Ku

(a) muscle tissue(b) nervous tissue(c) vascular tissue(d) epithelium

9 We are most familiar with plants and animals but they are just two groups of organisms on Earth List 2 or 3 characteristic features of the following groups of living things Ku

(a) protists(b) fungi(c) bacteria

10 Brainstorm a list of different kinds of organisms that might live in a particular habitat such as a forest field or pond Then draw a hypothetical food web that shows how they are interconnected TI C

conceptsbull understandscientificterminologyrelatedtocells

organismsandecosystems

bull compareandcontrastdifferentkindsofcells

bull recognizethepostulatesofthecelltheory

bull understandthatalllivingthingsareinterdependent

bull recognizethathumanactionsinfluencespeciesandthesustainabilityofecosystems

skiLLs bull makebiologicaldrawings

bull properlyuseandcareforamicroscope

bull preparedryandwetmountslides

bull makeandrecordcarefulobservations

bull communicateideasplansproceduresresultsandconclusionsusingappropriatescientificterminologyandformats

bull analyzeandinterpretqualitativeandquantitativedata

4 Unit 1 bull Diversity of Living Things NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 4 8510 45527 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
other
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
s
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
i
Caroline
Pencil

11 How does a food web illustrate the interdependence of one kind of organism on another Use an example from your food web to explain what would happen to the ecosystem if one kind of living thing were removed TI A

12 Give one or two examples of ways in which living things influence and are dependent upon(a) the carbon cycle(b) the water cycle(c) the nitrogen cycle Ku A

13 Humans interact with other kinds of living things in many ways Some of these interactions are harmful to ecosystems Match the term on the left with the description of interaction on the below Ku A

(a) invasive species(b) monoculture(c) climate change(d) extirpation (i) Humans are producing large quantities of

greenhouse gases that trap thermal energy (ii) Habitat loss and pollution can lead to the loss

of a species from a particular region (iii) Humans often introduce organisms into new

environments with unforeseen consequences (iv) Humans often grow crops in large fields

containing a single kind of plant 14 Humans can also act to ensure that ecosystem remain

sustainable Ku TI A

(a) What does ldquosustainablerdquo mean(b) Give an example of an action you could take to

improve the sustainability of ecosystems(c) How is the sustainability of an ecosystem influenced

by the diversity of living things in the ecosystem 15 You like all humans depend on other organisms for

food But food is only one of the many benefits to humans of other organisms Brainstorm and list of the many ways that you benefit of other organisms in your daily life TI C A

Skills review 16 Examine the cells in Figure 1 Ku TI A

(a) Identify each cell as a plant animal bacteria or protist Give reasons for your choices

(b) What evidence suggests that some of these organisms have the ability to move

(c) What evidence suggests that one of these organisms has the ability to produce its own food

17 List the characteristics of a good biological drawing Ku

18 Make a biological drawing of one of the cells in Figure 1 Ku C

19 Describe how you would make a wet mount of a sample of banana cells C

20 Describe the step-by-step procedure you would use to observe cells under high power TI C

21 Suggest several safety precautions that you think should be taken when studying live organisms A

CAREER PATHWAYS PrEvIEw

Throughout this unit you will see Career Links in the margins These links mention careers that are relevant to the Diversity of Living Things On the Chapter Summary page at the end of each chapter you will find a Career Pathways feature that shows you the educational requirements of the careers There are also some career-related questions for you to research

NEL Are You Ready 5

Figure 1

uo2-p02-oB11usB

uo2-p04-oB11usB

uo2-p03-oB11usB

uo2-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 5 8510 45529 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
s
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
from
Caroline
Text Box
ltUO2-P02 Can we change to Photo Researchers SB2399 Change description of photo in the log to green algaegt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
ltplease format properly as you would format a matching Q in the Ch Review--see Q1- in attached page but do not include introductory statementgt1313

TheenspfollowingenspiconsenspindicateensptheenspAchievementenspChartenspcategoryenspaddressedenspbyenspeachenspquestion

KU ensp KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ensp ThinkingInvestigationC ensp Communication A ensp Application

UNIT

B SELF-QUIZ

for each question select the best answer from the four alternatives

1 What are producers able to do that consumers cannot (24) KU

(a) cycle energy in ecosystems(b) make their own food(c) release energy from food (d) generate thermal energy

2 Th e unique way a species interacts with other species and with its environment is called (25) KU

(a) a trophic level(b) a feeding role(c) an ecological niche(d) a food chain

3 Which of the following is an example of a biotic factor (22 27) KU

(a) sunlight(b) grass(c) soil(d) water

4 Which of the following is true about pesticides (44 45) KU

(a) Pesticides are toxic only to the target species

(b) Pesticides tend to reduce overall food production

(c) Pesticides are used to replace nutrients in soil

(d) Pesticides can pass from an organism to its consumer

Indicate whether each of the statements is true or false If you think the statement is false rewrite it to make it true

5 Primary succession occurs in an ecosystem that has been partially disturbed by an event such as a forest fi re (32) KU

6 Fragmentation of an ecosystem occurs when the ecosystem is divided into smaller parcels making it more sustainable (34) KU

7 A threatened species is a species that may become endangered if current trends continue (33) KU

Copy each of the following statements into your notebook fill in the blanks with a word or phrase that correctly completes the sentence

8 Groundwater can become contaminated with nitrogen compounds from fertilizers through a process called (42) KU

9 An environment and all its organisms form a(n) (22) KU

Match each term on the left with the most appropriate description on the right

10 (a) producer (i) the feeding position of an organism along a food chain

(b) consumer (ii) an organism that obtains energy by eating other organisms

(c) decomposer (iii) a network of feeding relationships within a community

(d) food chain (iv) an organism that obtains energy by eating dead organic matter

(e) food web (v) an organism that obtains energy by making its own food

(f) trophic level (vi) a sequence of organisms each feeding on the next (24 25) KU

Write a short answer to each of these questions

11 List three examples of products we obtain from terrestrial ecosystems (31) KU

12 Explain the diff erence between a population and a community (22) KU

13 Predation and parasitism are two examples of species interactions (27) KU

(a) How are predation and parasitism alike (b) How are they diff erent

164 Unit B bull Sustainable Ecosystems NEL

6646_Sci9_ch04_pp148-165indd 164 71709 60804 PM

    dalic
    File Attachment
    pagepdf
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove to column 2gt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltimages should be left-aligned with the Q numbergt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt

    ch

    Ap

    ter

    1keY conceptsIn this chapter you will be able to

    bullensp describe the nature of biological diversity and the biological species concept

    bullensp outline some of the primary human-caused threats to Earthrsquos biodiversity

    bullensp explain the principles of taxonomy and phylogeny and the concepts of taxonomic rank

    bullensp describe and compare traditional and modern biological classifi cation systems

    bullensp outline some of the key features used to classify all living organisms into six kingdoms

    bullensp construct and apply dichotomous keys for the purpose of identifying species

    bullensp use appropriate sampling methods to collect specimens from an ecosystem and classify them using scientifi c criteria

    what Connects Life on EarthLife can be found almost everywhere Organisms live at the bottom of the ocean abyss deep underground on icy mountaintops and in boiling hot springs Even our own bodies are home to countless millions of microscopic organismsmdashwe are their habitat

    Emperor penguins show many of the most dramatic and fascinating quali-ties of living things such as the ability to live and fl ourish in extreme environ-ments Emperor penguins begin life by hatching from an egg during sunless days on a sheet of ice in the most inhospitable continent on EarthmdashAntarctica Surviving temperatures of ndash60 degC they are cared for and protected by their parents until they are able to march for tens of kilometres to the waterrsquos edge As they plunge into the icy water they transform from awkward waddlers into majestic high performance swimming machines faster and more agile than almost any fi sh

    As unique and marvellous as penguins are they are just one of the millions of remarkable organisms on Earth Our planet is also home to elephants with noses that drag on the ground albatrosses that can stay airborne for more than a year at a time and deadly poisonous stonefi sh hiding in coral reefs Some eastern white cedar trees living in Ontario are over 1000 years old

    Th e diversity of life is truly extraordinary It is also immeasurably valuable All organisms including humans depend on other organisms for survival Other organisms provide us with oxygen clean air and water food medicines and building materials But throughout the world native plant and animal populations are declining due to habitat loss pollution over-harvesting and competition with invasive species Many species are threatened with extinction

    In this chapter you will examine the grandeur of life beginning with an ex-ploration of the diversity of life and our dependence on it You will learn how organisms are identifi ed and classifi ed and gain insights into why scientists are so concerned about the threats to the diversity of life

    understanding Biodiversity

    Answer the following questions using your current knowledge You will have a chance to revisit these questions later applying concepts and skills from the chapter

    1 How many different kinds of living things do you think there are on Earth How might this diversity be important or valuable

    2 How do you think organisms can be distinguished from one another

    3 What do you think are the benefi ts of naming and classifying (or grouping) living things How might this be accomplished

    STARTiNg PoInTS

    6 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 6 8510 45531 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    After completing
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Identify Exceptional organisms

    Skills Questioning Predicting Communicating

    A good way to begin a study of the diversity of life on Earth is to consider the great variety of organisms that you are already familiar with In this activity you will brainstorm examples of living things that fall into given categories and suggest some categories of your own

    1 Working in small groups brainstorm examples of organisms on Earth that you think best fi t the following categories

    You may list more than one kind of organism for each category but you must identify which of these you think is the ldquobestrdquo choice

    2 Record your choices in a table or other suitable format

    3 Have a class discussion in which groups argue in favour of their selections Be prepared to change your mind if others have a better case for their choice

    A Which categories are based on opinion and which are based on an objective characteristic TI

    B Did everyone interpret the categories in the same way Did ldquovaluablerdquo or ldquodangerousrdquo have the same meaning for everyone TI

    C Were there any choices that almost everyone agreed with Why do you think that was the case TI

    Mini Investigation

    SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

    bullensp largestensplivingenspanimal

    bullensp mostenspbeautifulensporganism

    bullensp smallestenspplant

    bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfood

    bullensp mostenspunusualenspanimal

    bullensp mostensppowerfulensppredator

    bullensp mostenspdangerousensporganism

    bullensp mostenspcolourfulenspanimal

    bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfungus

    bullensp fastestensprunner

    bullensp fastestenspflenspyer

    bullensp fastestenspswimmer

    bullensp threeenspmoreenspcategoriesenspof your own choosing

    Introduction 7NEL

    c01-p01-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 7 8510 45536 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    11

    Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

    BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse The variety of species on Earth or in any eco-system on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity By 2010 the International Year of Biodiversity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are dis-covered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans (Figure 1) brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million different kinds of living things

    In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

    what Is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

    In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions Two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasionally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a cross between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only reproduce asexually For these organisms the spe-cies definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

    Individual variabilityAtoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical but a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

    As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited information (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual vari-ability While the study of the diversity of living things focuses on distinctions among species individual variability is vital to both individuals and entire populations

    species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

    hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

    morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

    biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

    Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

    8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    c01-p03-oB11usB

    c01-p05-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 8 8510 45538 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    and number of life forms
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    traits
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    number and
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltenlarge to a size B width crop top and bottom off photos and squeeze into the text measure we will try and cut some more text at next passgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltPHOTO change back to a size D (as it was in 1st pass and keep in the margingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    so on
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    traditional
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    always hold true to
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    traditional
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltalign definitions with in text calloutsgt

    variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space Th ey can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

    Th e physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors infl uencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

    Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area do not vary much

    BiodiversitySpecies come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Diff erent species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance Th ey also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents Th is produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are diff erences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

    How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiver-sity To begin to answer these questions we will examine diversity in ecosystems

    genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same speciesC01-F01-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0-17-650431-1

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    gray rat snake(E o spiloides )

    Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri )

    Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni )

    W E

    N

    S

    black rat snake(E o obsoleta )

    yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata )

    0 300 600 km

    Figure 4 This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant

    (a) (b)

    c01-p06-oB11usB c01-p07-oB11usB

    Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

    evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

    c01-F01-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 9 8510 45542 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltTRgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    a change
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    occurs in an entire population usually occurs over a long period
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    significantly
    Doug
    Text Box
    are much less variable
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltPHOTO Change C01-P06 to SPL B305076 gt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    an adult
    dalic
    Text Box
    This light microscope image shows several diatoms Diatoms are a distinctive group of single-celled algae characterized by their intricately patterned glass-like cell wall Diatoms form an important part of the plankton at the base of the marine amp freshwater food chains There are over 10 000 species of diatoms
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltFIgure 3 goes heregt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltPlease place these two photos as the same width and height should be standard size B dimensionsgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

    species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

    structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

    EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about becoming an ecologist

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    C01-F02-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    2nd pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    canopy

    understorey

    herb layer

    Figure 5 This mature forest has abundant structural diversity

    microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

    c01-f02-ob11usb

    diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

    diversity of InteractionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1 next page)

    Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

    Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

    Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that each have large populations

    diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

    Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 5) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of tem-perature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

    An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 6(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 6(b))

    heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

    To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 10 8510 45543 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    microhabitats with
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    (Figure 5)
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove Figure 6 from p 12 here set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    P
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    have
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcant see this label change colour of fontgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltalign with call outgt

    Table 1 Species Interactions

    Interaction Examples

    Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

    bullensp enspBonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbones of dead whales that sink to the bottom of the ocean

    bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinside the bodies of giant clams and coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

    Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

    bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnails for a protective home

    bullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinenspthe trunks of Cecropia trees The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants protect the tree by biting and stinging any herbivores that try to eat from it

    Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

    bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbills of hummingbirds moving from flower to flower feeding on nectar

    bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthem to stick to passing animals and be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing

    Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

    bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgans that attract ants The ants feed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

    bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandoned cavities made in trees by woodpeckers for their own nests

    Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

    bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspwhere large fish come to have external parasites removed by small fish and shrimp

    bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveenspon our own skin help protect us from other bacterial and fungal infections

    Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

    bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspare almost entirely incapable of digesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and other microorganisms living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

    bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestines of humans produce vitamins that are then absorbed into the circulatory system

    c01-p08-oB11usB

    c01-p09-oB11usB

    c01-p10-oB11usB

    c01-p11-oB11usB

    c01-p12-oB11usB

    c01-p13-oB11usB

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 11 8510 45552 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltDelete border to merge top two cellsgt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    and corals
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    tissues
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    this
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make all photos in this table the same dimensionsgt

    All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

    Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

    Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

    by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

    including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

    Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

    Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

    Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

    Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

    Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

    (a)

    c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

    To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    (b)

    12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    established after
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    normal
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

    While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

    Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    11 Summary

    bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

    bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

    structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

    many human activities

    11 Questions

    1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

    2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

    3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

    4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

    5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

    (a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

    6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

    7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

    8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

    (a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

    (b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

    9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

    10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

    11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

    Figure 7

    c01-p15-oB11usB

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull backgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcatch web link icongt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcatch web link icon bannergt

    12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

    Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

    Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

    Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

    biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

    Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

    c01-p17-oB11usB

    c01-p18-oB11usB

    c01-p20-oB11usB

    c01-p19-oB11usB

    c01-p21-oB11usB

    Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

    (c)

    (a) (b)

    (d)

    14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

    bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

    For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

    Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

    The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

    One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

    You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

    Table 1 Species Variety

    CategoryNumber of species

    Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

    hummingbirds of Brazil

    gt 200

    fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

    gt 1000

    types of wasp gt 100 000

    types of snails and slugs

    gt 100 000

    seed producing plants gt 260 000

    Mini Investigation

    In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

    1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

    2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

    3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

    A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

    B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

    C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

    D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

    E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

    F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

    Creating a Classifi cation System

    Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

    Mini Investigation

    Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

    taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

    c01-p22-oB11usB

    12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun ingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun ingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltdelete rowgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back textgt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Text Box
    Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    D
    dalic
    Text Box
    E
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

    To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

    Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

    botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

    BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

    Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

    Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

    Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

    Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

    Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

    Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

    (a) (b)

    c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

    (a) (b)

    Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

    To learn about DNA bar coding

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

    c01-p27-oB11usB

    genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

    16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    a quarter of
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    are the same species but do not appear similar They
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    identifying organisms by DNA examination
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
    Caroline
    Text Box
    genus
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

    Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

    Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

    The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

    Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

    Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

    In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

    In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

    binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

    Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

    The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

    LEARNiNg TIP

    c01-p28-oB11usB

    taxon a category used to classify organisms

    kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

    12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

    Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

    kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

    phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

    class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

    order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

    family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

    genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

    species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

    Haliaeetus leucocephalus

    Apis mellifera

    dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

    Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

    Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

    c01-p30-oB11usB

    dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

    bill elongated

    bill not elongated

    bill greatly widened at end

    bill straight

    bill strongly curved

    spoonbill

    heron

    ibis

    bill strongly hooked

    bill uniform in width

    cardinal

    eagle

    bill straight

    C01-F03-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    2nd pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

    c01-f03-ob11usb

    18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

    A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

    Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

    Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

    Investigation 121

    Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

    (a) (b)

    c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

    As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

    12 Summary

    bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

    characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

    12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

    12 Questions

    1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

    2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

    3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

    4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

    5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

    (a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

    (b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

    (c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

    (d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

    Table 4

    Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

    Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

    Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

    6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

    7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

    used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

    examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

    relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

    8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

    (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

    (i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

    using scientific names rather than common names

    9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

    bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

    living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

    certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

    (c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

    10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

    (a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

    (b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

    (c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

    SEE OVERMATTER

    20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltCATCH web link icongt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltCATCH web link icongt
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltCATCH web link bannergt
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    answer the questions below
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    lttrgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    What is
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caroline
    Text Box
    What are
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    How many species are
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Describe
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun in 2 columnsgt
    dalic
    Pencil

    Table 5

    bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

    smooth skinbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull swims using fins and tail

    bull live birth

    bull warm-blooded

    bull some hairbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull walks on two legs

    bull live birthbull no tail

    bull warm-blooded

    bull feathersbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull walks on two legs

    bull lays eggsbull short tail

    bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

    bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

    bull warm-blooded

    bull covered in hair

    bull four-chambered heart

    bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

    used on land and in water

    c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

    OVERMATTER

    oM20

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
    Caroline
    Rectangle
    Caroline
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    three
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    flippers and tail flukes
    Doug
    Text Box
    using its tail
    Doug
    Text Box
    and flies
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltimages approved 6gt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

    13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

    Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

    PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

    C01-F04-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    1st pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0-17-650431-1

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    William Smithdied age 40

    NF1

    Liz Smithdied 95

    Katy ChenBreast Cancer

    diag 55

    PeterSmith

    DavidRoberts

    SarahRoberts

    NF1diag 40

    Shelley SmithNF1

    diag 42died 52

    LukeJohnson

    AlisonRasheed

    Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

    KhaledRasheed

    Bill RobertsNF1

    died 30

    PeterJohnson

    NF1diag 5

    NikiJohnson

    JakieRasheed

    BillRasheed

    Ann RobertsNF1

    diag 30

    Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

    evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

    phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

    phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

    clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

    Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

    CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

    Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

    LEARNiNg TIP

    c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

    Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

    C01-F05-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    1st pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
    Doug
    Stamp
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltclose up this spacegt

    Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

    The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

    Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

    C01-F08-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    past

    present

    Figure 4(a)

    Solution

    Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

    Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

    Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

    Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

    C01-F09-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    past

    present

    A

    B

    Figure 4(b)

    Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

    c01-F08-oB11usB

    c01-F09-oB11usB

    Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

    C01-F06-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    (a)

    c01-F06-oB11usB

    C01-F07-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    Felidae(cats)

    Hyaenidae(hyaena)

    Canidae(dogs)

    Carnivora

    Ursidae(bears)

    Phocidae(seals)

    Mustelidae(mink)

    (b)

    c01-F07-oB11usB

    on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

    Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

    22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    5
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    5
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    (Figure 5)
    dalic
    Text Box
    Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    Using
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
    dalic
    Pencil

    Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

    past

    present

    C01-F10-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    A

    B

    Figure 4(c)

    How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

    Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    C01-F11-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    A

    B

    Figure 5(a)

    Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

    Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

    C01-F12-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    seal bat rat monkey

    A

    B

    rabbit

    C

    D

    Figure 5(b)

    Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

    Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

    coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

    c01-F10-oB11usB

    c01-F11-oB11usB

    c01-F12-oB11usB

    Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

    (a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Doug
    Text Box
    Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
    Doug
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    (Figure 6)
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    6
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    [KU][TI][C][A]
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    [KU][TI][C][A]
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

    In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

    C01-F13-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    1st pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    ClassMammalia

    Turtles

    Class ReptiliaLizards

    and Snakes Crocodilians

    Class AvesBirds

    TraditionalTaxonomy

    Early Reptiles

    Mammal Clade

    TurtlesLizards

    and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

    Birds

    Phylogenetic Taxonomy

    Early Reptiles

    Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

    and Snakes Birds

    and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

    c01-F13-oB11usB

    Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

    (a)

    (b)

    24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Common four-limbed ancestor
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Traditional taxonomy
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Common four-limbed ancestor
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Phylogenetic taxonomy
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
    Caroline
    Text Box
    mammals
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART lc x5gt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    9
    dalic
    Text Box
    9
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    13 Summary

    bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

    bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

    bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

    bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

    13 Questions

    1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

    2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

    3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

    4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

    5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

    (a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

    (b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

    (c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

    6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

    systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

    7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

    (a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

    green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

    recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

    C01-F14-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

    Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

    uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

    Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

    TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the orange
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    closely
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the pink
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the orange
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    5
    Caroline
    Text Box
    6
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    8
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    8
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    [CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

    [CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

    Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

    Web Link

    To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

    The International Barcode of Life Project

    Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

    The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

    Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 3: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

unit 1 ArE you rEAdy

Concepts review 1 The following key terms are associated with the ways

in which scientists gather information and conduct investigations Explain the meaning of each term Ku TI

(a) hypothesis(b) independent variable(c) dependent variable(d) controlled experiment

2 Decide if the following statements are true or false If they are true copy them directly into your notebook If they are false rewrite each statement to make it true Ku

(a) All living things are made up of many cells(b) Living things grow reproduce and repair

themselves(c) Most living things require energy to function(d) Animals respond to changes in their environment

but plants do not(e) All organisms perform photosynthesis but only

plants perform cellular respiration 3 Match the terms with the statements below Ku

(a) mutualism(b) symbiosis (c) parasitism (d) commensalism (i) a situation in which two organisms live in

close contact and at least one benefits (ii) a situation in which one organism lives in or on

another organism and feeds on that organism (iii) a situation in which two organisms live in

close contact and both benefit (iv) a situation in which two organisms live in

close contact One benefits and the other is not affected

4 Describe the relationships among an embryo tissues and the process of cell differentiation Ku

5 Many biology news stories refer to advances in genetics How are the terms ldquogeneticrdquo and ldquogenetic informationrdquo related to chromosomes DNA and inherited information Ku TI

6 State the function of each of the following Ku

(a) chromosomes(b) mitochondria(c) chloroplasts(d) flagella(e) DNA(f) ribosome(g) nucleus

7 Compare and contrast the following terms Ku

(a) cell wall and cell membrane(b) unicellular and multicellular(c) mitosis and the cell cycle

8 State the function of each of the following Ku

(a) muscle tissue(b) nervous tissue(c) vascular tissue(d) epithelium

9 We are most familiar with plants and animals but they are just two groups of organisms on Earth List 2 or 3 characteristic features of the following groups of living things Ku

(a) protists(b) fungi(c) bacteria

10 Brainstorm a list of different kinds of organisms that might live in a particular habitat such as a forest field or pond Then draw a hypothetical food web that shows how they are interconnected TI C

conceptsbull understandscientificterminologyrelatedtocells

organismsandecosystems

bull compareandcontrastdifferentkindsofcells

bull recognizethepostulatesofthecelltheory

bull understandthatalllivingthingsareinterdependent

bull recognizethathumanactionsinfluencespeciesandthesustainabilityofecosystems

skiLLs bull makebiologicaldrawings

bull properlyuseandcareforamicroscope

bull preparedryandwetmountslides

bull makeandrecordcarefulobservations

bull communicateideasplansproceduresresultsandconclusionsusingappropriatescientificterminologyandformats

bull analyzeandinterpretqualitativeandquantitativedata

4 Unit 1 bull Diversity of Living Things NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 4 8510 45527 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
other
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
s
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
i
Caroline
Pencil

11 How does a food web illustrate the interdependence of one kind of organism on another Use an example from your food web to explain what would happen to the ecosystem if one kind of living thing were removed TI A

12 Give one or two examples of ways in which living things influence and are dependent upon(a) the carbon cycle(b) the water cycle(c) the nitrogen cycle Ku A

13 Humans interact with other kinds of living things in many ways Some of these interactions are harmful to ecosystems Match the term on the left with the description of interaction on the below Ku A

(a) invasive species(b) monoculture(c) climate change(d) extirpation (i) Humans are producing large quantities of

greenhouse gases that trap thermal energy (ii) Habitat loss and pollution can lead to the loss

of a species from a particular region (iii) Humans often introduce organisms into new

environments with unforeseen consequences (iv) Humans often grow crops in large fields

containing a single kind of plant 14 Humans can also act to ensure that ecosystem remain

sustainable Ku TI A

(a) What does ldquosustainablerdquo mean(b) Give an example of an action you could take to

improve the sustainability of ecosystems(c) How is the sustainability of an ecosystem influenced

by the diversity of living things in the ecosystem 15 You like all humans depend on other organisms for

food But food is only one of the many benefits to humans of other organisms Brainstorm and list of the many ways that you benefit of other organisms in your daily life TI C A

Skills review 16 Examine the cells in Figure 1 Ku TI A

(a) Identify each cell as a plant animal bacteria or protist Give reasons for your choices

(b) What evidence suggests that some of these organisms have the ability to move

(c) What evidence suggests that one of these organisms has the ability to produce its own food

17 List the characteristics of a good biological drawing Ku

18 Make a biological drawing of one of the cells in Figure 1 Ku C

19 Describe how you would make a wet mount of a sample of banana cells C

20 Describe the step-by-step procedure you would use to observe cells under high power TI C

21 Suggest several safety precautions that you think should be taken when studying live organisms A

CAREER PATHWAYS PrEvIEw

Throughout this unit you will see Career Links in the margins These links mention careers that are relevant to the Diversity of Living Things On the Chapter Summary page at the end of each chapter you will find a Career Pathways feature that shows you the educational requirements of the careers There are also some career-related questions for you to research

NEL Are You Ready 5

Figure 1

uo2-p02-oB11usB

uo2-p04-oB11usB

uo2-p03-oB11usB

uo2-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 5 8510 45529 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
s
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
from
Caroline
Text Box
ltUO2-P02 Can we change to Photo Researchers SB2399 Change description of photo in the log to green algaegt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
ltplease format properly as you would format a matching Q in the Ch Review--see Q1- in attached page but do not include introductory statementgt1313

TheenspfollowingenspiconsenspindicateensptheenspAchievementenspChartenspcategoryenspaddressedenspbyenspeachenspquestion

KU ensp KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ensp ThinkingInvestigationC ensp Communication A ensp Application

UNIT

B SELF-QUIZ

for each question select the best answer from the four alternatives

1 What are producers able to do that consumers cannot (24) KU

(a) cycle energy in ecosystems(b) make their own food(c) release energy from food (d) generate thermal energy

2 Th e unique way a species interacts with other species and with its environment is called (25) KU

(a) a trophic level(b) a feeding role(c) an ecological niche(d) a food chain

3 Which of the following is an example of a biotic factor (22 27) KU

(a) sunlight(b) grass(c) soil(d) water

4 Which of the following is true about pesticides (44 45) KU

(a) Pesticides are toxic only to the target species

(b) Pesticides tend to reduce overall food production

(c) Pesticides are used to replace nutrients in soil

(d) Pesticides can pass from an organism to its consumer

Indicate whether each of the statements is true or false If you think the statement is false rewrite it to make it true

5 Primary succession occurs in an ecosystem that has been partially disturbed by an event such as a forest fi re (32) KU

6 Fragmentation of an ecosystem occurs when the ecosystem is divided into smaller parcels making it more sustainable (34) KU

7 A threatened species is a species that may become endangered if current trends continue (33) KU

Copy each of the following statements into your notebook fill in the blanks with a word or phrase that correctly completes the sentence

8 Groundwater can become contaminated with nitrogen compounds from fertilizers through a process called (42) KU

9 An environment and all its organisms form a(n) (22) KU

Match each term on the left with the most appropriate description on the right

10 (a) producer (i) the feeding position of an organism along a food chain

(b) consumer (ii) an organism that obtains energy by eating other organisms

(c) decomposer (iii) a network of feeding relationships within a community

(d) food chain (iv) an organism that obtains energy by eating dead organic matter

(e) food web (v) an organism that obtains energy by making its own food

(f) trophic level (vi) a sequence of organisms each feeding on the next (24 25) KU

Write a short answer to each of these questions

11 List three examples of products we obtain from terrestrial ecosystems (31) KU

12 Explain the diff erence between a population and a community (22) KU

13 Predation and parasitism are two examples of species interactions (27) KU

(a) How are predation and parasitism alike (b) How are they diff erent

164 Unit B bull Sustainable Ecosystems NEL

6646_Sci9_ch04_pp148-165indd 164 71709 60804 PM

    dalic
    File Attachment
    pagepdf
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove to column 2gt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltimages should be left-aligned with the Q numbergt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt

    ch

    Ap

    ter

    1keY conceptsIn this chapter you will be able to

    bullensp describe the nature of biological diversity and the biological species concept

    bullensp outline some of the primary human-caused threats to Earthrsquos biodiversity

    bullensp explain the principles of taxonomy and phylogeny and the concepts of taxonomic rank

    bullensp describe and compare traditional and modern biological classifi cation systems

    bullensp outline some of the key features used to classify all living organisms into six kingdoms

    bullensp construct and apply dichotomous keys for the purpose of identifying species

    bullensp use appropriate sampling methods to collect specimens from an ecosystem and classify them using scientifi c criteria

    what Connects Life on EarthLife can be found almost everywhere Organisms live at the bottom of the ocean abyss deep underground on icy mountaintops and in boiling hot springs Even our own bodies are home to countless millions of microscopic organismsmdashwe are their habitat

    Emperor penguins show many of the most dramatic and fascinating quali-ties of living things such as the ability to live and fl ourish in extreme environ-ments Emperor penguins begin life by hatching from an egg during sunless days on a sheet of ice in the most inhospitable continent on EarthmdashAntarctica Surviving temperatures of ndash60 degC they are cared for and protected by their parents until they are able to march for tens of kilometres to the waterrsquos edge As they plunge into the icy water they transform from awkward waddlers into majestic high performance swimming machines faster and more agile than almost any fi sh

    As unique and marvellous as penguins are they are just one of the millions of remarkable organisms on Earth Our planet is also home to elephants with noses that drag on the ground albatrosses that can stay airborne for more than a year at a time and deadly poisonous stonefi sh hiding in coral reefs Some eastern white cedar trees living in Ontario are over 1000 years old

    Th e diversity of life is truly extraordinary It is also immeasurably valuable All organisms including humans depend on other organisms for survival Other organisms provide us with oxygen clean air and water food medicines and building materials But throughout the world native plant and animal populations are declining due to habitat loss pollution over-harvesting and competition with invasive species Many species are threatened with extinction

    In this chapter you will examine the grandeur of life beginning with an ex-ploration of the diversity of life and our dependence on it You will learn how organisms are identifi ed and classifi ed and gain insights into why scientists are so concerned about the threats to the diversity of life

    understanding Biodiversity

    Answer the following questions using your current knowledge You will have a chance to revisit these questions later applying concepts and skills from the chapter

    1 How many different kinds of living things do you think there are on Earth How might this diversity be important or valuable

    2 How do you think organisms can be distinguished from one another

    3 What do you think are the benefi ts of naming and classifying (or grouping) living things How might this be accomplished

    STARTiNg PoInTS

    6 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 6 8510 45531 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    After completing
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Identify Exceptional organisms

    Skills Questioning Predicting Communicating

    A good way to begin a study of the diversity of life on Earth is to consider the great variety of organisms that you are already familiar with In this activity you will brainstorm examples of living things that fall into given categories and suggest some categories of your own

    1 Working in small groups brainstorm examples of organisms on Earth that you think best fi t the following categories

    You may list more than one kind of organism for each category but you must identify which of these you think is the ldquobestrdquo choice

    2 Record your choices in a table or other suitable format

    3 Have a class discussion in which groups argue in favour of their selections Be prepared to change your mind if others have a better case for their choice

    A Which categories are based on opinion and which are based on an objective characteristic TI

    B Did everyone interpret the categories in the same way Did ldquovaluablerdquo or ldquodangerousrdquo have the same meaning for everyone TI

    C Were there any choices that almost everyone agreed with Why do you think that was the case TI

    Mini Investigation

    SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

    bullensp largestensplivingenspanimal

    bullensp mostenspbeautifulensporganism

    bullensp smallestenspplant

    bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfood

    bullensp mostenspunusualenspanimal

    bullensp mostensppowerfulensppredator

    bullensp mostenspdangerousensporganism

    bullensp mostenspcolourfulenspanimal

    bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfungus

    bullensp fastestensprunner

    bullensp fastestenspflenspyer

    bullensp fastestenspswimmer

    bullensp threeenspmoreenspcategoriesenspof your own choosing

    Introduction 7NEL

    c01-p01-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 7 8510 45536 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    11

    Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

    BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse The variety of species on Earth or in any eco-system on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity By 2010 the International Year of Biodiversity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are dis-covered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans (Figure 1) brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million different kinds of living things

    In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

    what Is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

    In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions Two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasionally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a cross between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only reproduce asexually For these organisms the spe-cies definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

    Individual variabilityAtoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical but a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

    As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited information (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual vari-ability While the study of the diversity of living things focuses on distinctions among species individual variability is vital to both individuals and entire populations

    species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

    hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

    morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

    biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

    Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

    8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    c01-p03-oB11usB

    c01-p05-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 8 8510 45538 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    and number of life forms
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    traits
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    number and
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltenlarge to a size B width crop top and bottom off photos and squeeze into the text measure we will try and cut some more text at next passgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltPHOTO change back to a size D (as it was in 1st pass and keep in the margingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    so on
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    traditional
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    always hold true to
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    traditional
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltalign definitions with in text calloutsgt

    variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space Th ey can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

    Th e physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors infl uencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

    Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area do not vary much

    BiodiversitySpecies come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Diff erent species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance Th ey also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents Th is produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are diff erences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

    How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiver-sity To begin to answer these questions we will examine diversity in ecosystems

    genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same speciesC01-F01-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0-17-650431-1

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    gray rat snake(E o spiloides )

    Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri )

    Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni )

    W E

    N

    S

    black rat snake(E o obsoleta )

    yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata )

    0 300 600 km

    Figure 4 This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant

    (a) (b)

    c01-p06-oB11usB c01-p07-oB11usB

    Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

    evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

    c01-F01-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 9 8510 45542 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltTRgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    a change
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    occurs in an entire population usually occurs over a long period
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    significantly
    Doug
    Text Box
    are much less variable
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltPHOTO Change C01-P06 to SPL B305076 gt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    an adult
    dalic
    Text Box
    This light microscope image shows several diatoms Diatoms are a distinctive group of single-celled algae characterized by their intricately patterned glass-like cell wall Diatoms form an important part of the plankton at the base of the marine amp freshwater food chains There are over 10 000 species of diatoms
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltFIgure 3 goes heregt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltPlease place these two photos as the same width and height should be standard size B dimensionsgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

    species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

    structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

    EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about becoming an ecologist

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    C01-F02-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    2nd pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    canopy

    understorey

    herb layer

    Figure 5 This mature forest has abundant structural diversity

    microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

    c01-f02-ob11usb

    diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

    diversity of InteractionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1 next page)

    Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

    Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

    Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that each have large populations

    diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

    Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 5) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of tem-perature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

    An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 6(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 6(b))

    heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

    To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 10 8510 45543 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    microhabitats with
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    (Figure 5)
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove Figure 6 from p 12 here set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    P
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    have
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcant see this label change colour of fontgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltalign with call outgt

    Table 1 Species Interactions

    Interaction Examples

    Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

    bullensp enspBonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbones of dead whales that sink to the bottom of the ocean

    bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinside the bodies of giant clams and coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

    Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

    bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnails for a protective home

    bullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinenspthe trunks of Cecropia trees The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants protect the tree by biting and stinging any herbivores that try to eat from it

    Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

    bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbills of hummingbirds moving from flower to flower feeding on nectar

    bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthem to stick to passing animals and be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing

    Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

    bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgans that attract ants The ants feed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

    bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandoned cavities made in trees by woodpeckers for their own nests

    Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

    bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspwhere large fish come to have external parasites removed by small fish and shrimp

    bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveenspon our own skin help protect us from other bacterial and fungal infections

    Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

    bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspare almost entirely incapable of digesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and other microorganisms living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

    bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestines of humans produce vitamins that are then absorbed into the circulatory system

    c01-p08-oB11usB

    c01-p09-oB11usB

    c01-p10-oB11usB

    c01-p11-oB11usB

    c01-p12-oB11usB

    c01-p13-oB11usB

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 11 8510 45552 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltDelete border to merge top two cellsgt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    and corals
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    tissues
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    this
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make all photos in this table the same dimensionsgt

    All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

    Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

    Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

    by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

    including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

    Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

    Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

    Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

    Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

    Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

    (a)

    c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

    To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    (b)

    12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    established after
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    normal
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

    While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

    Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    11 Summary

    bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

    bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

    structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

    many human activities

    11 Questions

    1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

    2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

    3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

    4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

    5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

    (a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

    6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

    7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

    8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

    (a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

    (b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

    9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

    10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

    11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

    Figure 7

    c01-p15-oB11usB

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull backgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcatch web link icongt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcatch web link icon bannergt

    12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

    Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

    Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

    Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

    biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

    Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

    c01-p17-oB11usB

    c01-p18-oB11usB

    c01-p20-oB11usB

    c01-p19-oB11usB

    c01-p21-oB11usB

    Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

    (c)

    (a) (b)

    (d)

    14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

    bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

    For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

    Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

    The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

    One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

    You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

    Table 1 Species Variety

    CategoryNumber of species

    Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

    hummingbirds of Brazil

    gt 200

    fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

    gt 1000

    types of wasp gt 100 000

    types of snails and slugs

    gt 100 000

    seed producing plants gt 260 000

    Mini Investigation

    In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

    1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

    2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

    3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

    A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

    B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

    C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

    D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

    E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

    F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

    Creating a Classifi cation System

    Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

    Mini Investigation

    Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

    taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

    c01-p22-oB11usB

    12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun ingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun ingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltdelete rowgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back textgt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Text Box
    Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    D
    dalic
    Text Box
    E
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

    To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

    Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

    botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

    BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

    Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

    Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

    Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

    Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

    Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

    Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

    (a) (b)

    c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

    (a) (b)

    Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

    To learn about DNA bar coding

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

    c01-p27-oB11usB

    genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

    16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    a quarter of
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    are the same species but do not appear similar They
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    identifying organisms by DNA examination
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
    Caroline
    Text Box
    genus
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

    Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

    Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

    The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

    Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

    Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

    In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

    In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

    binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

    Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

    The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

    LEARNiNg TIP

    c01-p28-oB11usB

    taxon a category used to classify organisms

    kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

    12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

    Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

    kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

    phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

    class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

    order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

    family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

    genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

    species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

    Haliaeetus leucocephalus

    Apis mellifera

    dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

    Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

    Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

    c01-p30-oB11usB

    dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

    bill elongated

    bill not elongated

    bill greatly widened at end

    bill straight

    bill strongly curved

    spoonbill

    heron

    ibis

    bill strongly hooked

    bill uniform in width

    cardinal

    eagle

    bill straight

    C01-F03-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    2nd pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

    c01-f03-ob11usb

    18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

    A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

    Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

    Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

    Investigation 121

    Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

    (a) (b)

    c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

    As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

    12 Summary

    bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

    characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

    12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

    12 Questions

    1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

    2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

    3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

    4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

    5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

    (a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

    (b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

    (c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

    (d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

    Table 4

    Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

    Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

    Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

    6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

    7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

    used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

    examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

    relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

    8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

    (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

    (i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

    using scientific names rather than common names

    9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

    bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

    living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

    certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

    (c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

    10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

    (a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

    (b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

    (c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

    SEE OVERMATTER

    20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltCATCH web link icongt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltCATCH web link icongt
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltCATCH web link bannergt
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    answer the questions below
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    lttrgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    What is
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caroline
    Text Box
    What are
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    How many species are
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Describe
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun in 2 columnsgt
    dalic
    Pencil

    Table 5

    bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

    smooth skinbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull swims using fins and tail

    bull live birth

    bull warm-blooded

    bull some hairbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull walks on two legs

    bull live birthbull no tail

    bull warm-blooded

    bull feathersbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull walks on two legs

    bull lays eggsbull short tail

    bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

    bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

    bull warm-blooded

    bull covered in hair

    bull four-chambered heart

    bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

    used on land and in water

    c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

    OVERMATTER

    oM20

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
    Caroline
    Rectangle
    Caroline
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    three
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    flippers and tail flukes
    Doug
    Text Box
    using its tail
    Doug
    Text Box
    and flies
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltimages approved 6gt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

    13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

    Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

    PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

    C01-F04-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    1st pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0-17-650431-1

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    William Smithdied age 40

    NF1

    Liz Smithdied 95

    Katy ChenBreast Cancer

    diag 55

    PeterSmith

    DavidRoberts

    SarahRoberts

    NF1diag 40

    Shelley SmithNF1

    diag 42died 52

    LukeJohnson

    AlisonRasheed

    Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

    KhaledRasheed

    Bill RobertsNF1

    died 30

    PeterJohnson

    NF1diag 5

    NikiJohnson

    JakieRasheed

    BillRasheed

    Ann RobertsNF1

    diag 30

    Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

    evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

    phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

    phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

    clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

    Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

    CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

    Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

    LEARNiNg TIP

    c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

    Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

    C01-F05-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    1st pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
    Doug
    Stamp
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltclose up this spacegt

    Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

    The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

    Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

    C01-F08-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    past

    present

    Figure 4(a)

    Solution

    Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

    Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

    Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

    Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

    C01-F09-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    past

    present

    A

    B

    Figure 4(b)

    Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

    c01-F08-oB11usB

    c01-F09-oB11usB

    Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

    C01-F06-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    (a)

    c01-F06-oB11usB

    C01-F07-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    Felidae(cats)

    Hyaenidae(hyaena)

    Canidae(dogs)

    Carnivora

    Ursidae(bears)

    Phocidae(seals)

    Mustelidae(mink)

    (b)

    c01-F07-oB11usB

    on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

    Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

    22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    5
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    5
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    (Figure 5)
    dalic
    Text Box
    Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    Using
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
    dalic
    Pencil

    Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

    past

    present

    C01-F10-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    A

    B

    Figure 4(c)

    How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

    Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    C01-F11-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    A

    B

    Figure 5(a)

    Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

    Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

    C01-F12-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    seal bat rat monkey

    A

    B

    rabbit

    C

    D

    Figure 5(b)

    Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

    Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

    coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

    c01-F10-oB11usB

    c01-F11-oB11usB

    c01-F12-oB11usB

    Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

    (a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Doug
    Text Box
    Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
    Doug
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    (Figure 6)
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    6
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    [KU][TI][C][A]
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    [KU][TI][C][A]
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

    In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

    C01-F13-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    1st pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    ClassMammalia

    Turtles

    Class ReptiliaLizards

    and Snakes Crocodilians

    Class AvesBirds

    TraditionalTaxonomy

    Early Reptiles

    Mammal Clade

    TurtlesLizards

    and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

    Birds

    Phylogenetic Taxonomy

    Early Reptiles

    Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

    and Snakes Birds

    and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

    c01-F13-oB11usB

    Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

    (a)

    (b)

    24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Common four-limbed ancestor
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Traditional taxonomy
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Common four-limbed ancestor
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Phylogenetic taxonomy
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
    Caroline
    Text Box
    mammals
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART lc x5gt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    9
    dalic
    Text Box
    9
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    13 Summary

    bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

    bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

    bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

    bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

    13 Questions

    1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

    2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

    3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

    4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

    5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

    (a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

    (b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

    (c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

    6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

    systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

    7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

    (a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

    green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

    recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

    C01-F14-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

    Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

    uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

    Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

    TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the orange
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    closely
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the pink
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the orange
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    5
    Caroline
    Text Box
    6
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    8
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    8
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    [CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

    [CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

    Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

    Web Link

    To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

    The International Barcode of Life Project

    Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

    The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

    Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 4: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

11 How does a food web illustrate the interdependence of one kind of organism on another Use an example from your food web to explain what would happen to the ecosystem if one kind of living thing were removed TI A

12 Give one or two examples of ways in which living things influence and are dependent upon(a) the carbon cycle(b) the water cycle(c) the nitrogen cycle Ku A

13 Humans interact with other kinds of living things in many ways Some of these interactions are harmful to ecosystems Match the term on the left with the description of interaction on the below Ku A

(a) invasive species(b) monoculture(c) climate change(d) extirpation (i) Humans are producing large quantities of

greenhouse gases that trap thermal energy (ii) Habitat loss and pollution can lead to the loss

of a species from a particular region (iii) Humans often introduce organisms into new

environments with unforeseen consequences (iv) Humans often grow crops in large fields

containing a single kind of plant 14 Humans can also act to ensure that ecosystem remain

sustainable Ku TI A

(a) What does ldquosustainablerdquo mean(b) Give an example of an action you could take to

improve the sustainability of ecosystems(c) How is the sustainability of an ecosystem influenced

by the diversity of living things in the ecosystem 15 You like all humans depend on other organisms for

food But food is only one of the many benefits to humans of other organisms Brainstorm and list of the many ways that you benefit of other organisms in your daily life TI C A

Skills review 16 Examine the cells in Figure 1 Ku TI A

(a) Identify each cell as a plant animal bacteria or protist Give reasons for your choices

(b) What evidence suggests that some of these organisms have the ability to move

(c) What evidence suggests that one of these organisms has the ability to produce its own food

17 List the characteristics of a good biological drawing Ku

18 Make a biological drawing of one of the cells in Figure 1 Ku C

19 Describe how you would make a wet mount of a sample of banana cells C

20 Describe the step-by-step procedure you would use to observe cells under high power TI C

21 Suggest several safety precautions that you think should be taken when studying live organisms A

CAREER PATHWAYS PrEvIEw

Throughout this unit you will see Career Links in the margins These links mention careers that are relevant to the Diversity of Living Things On the Chapter Summary page at the end of each chapter you will find a Career Pathways feature that shows you the educational requirements of the careers There are also some career-related questions for you to research

NEL Are You Ready 5

Figure 1

uo2-p02-oB11usB

uo2-p04-oB11usB

uo2-p03-oB11usB

uo2-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 5 8510 45529 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
s
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
from
Caroline
Text Box
ltUO2-P02 Can we change to Photo Researchers SB2399 Change description of photo in the log to green algaegt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
ltplease format properly as you would format a matching Q in the Ch Review--see Q1- in attached page but do not include introductory statementgt1313

TheenspfollowingenspiconsenspindicateensptheenspAchievementenspChartenspcategoryenspaddressedenspbyenspeachenspquestion

KU ensp KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ensp ThinkingInvestigationC ensp Communication A ensp Application

UNIT

B SELF-QUIZ

for each question select the best answer from the four alternatives

1 What are producers able to do that consumers cannot (24) KU

(a) cycle energy in ecosystems(b) make their own food(c) release energy from food (d) generate thermal energy

2 Th e unique way a species interacts with other species and with its environment is called (25) KU

(a) a trophic level(b) a feeding role(c) an ecological niche(d) a food chain

3 Which of the following is an example of a biotic factor (22 27) KU

(a) sunlight(b) grass(c) soil(d) water

4 Which of the following is true about pesticides (44 45) KU

(a) Pesticides are toxic only to the target species

(b) Pesticides tend to reduce overall food production

(c) Pesticides are used to replace nutrients in soil

(d) Pesticides can pass from an organism to its consumer

Indicate whether each of the statements is true or false If you think the statement is false rewrite it to make it true

5 Primary succession occurs in an ecosystem that has been partially disturbed by an event such as a forest fi re (32) KU

6 Fragmentation of an ecosystem occurs when the ecosystem is divided into smaller parcels making it more sustainable (34) KU

7 A threatened species is a species that may become endangered if current trends continue (33) KU

Copy each of the following statements into your notebook fill in the blanks with a word or phrase that correctly completes the sentence

8 Groundwater can become contaminated with nitrogen compounds from fertilizers through a process called (42) KU

9 An environment and all its organisms form a(n) (22) KU

Match each term on the left with the most appropriate description on the right

10 (a) producer (i) the feeding position of an organism along a food chain

(b) consumer (ii) an organism that obtains energy by eating other organisms

(c) decomposer (iii) a network of feeding relationships within a community

(d) food chain (iv) an organism that obtains energy by eating dead organic matter

(e) food web (v) an organism that obtains energy by making its own food

(f) trophic level (vi) a sequence of organisms each feeding on the next (24 25) KU

Write a short answer to each of these questions

11 List three examples of products we obtain from terrestrial ecosystems (31) KU

12 Explain the diff erence between a population and a community (22) KU

13 Predation and parasitism are two examples of species interactions (27) KU

(a) How are predation and parasitism alike (b) How are they diff erent

164 Unit B bull Sustainable Ecosystems NEL

6646_Sci9_ch04_pp148-165indd 164 71709 60804 PM

    dalic
    File Attachment
    pagepdf
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove to column 2gt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltimages should be left-aligned with the Q numbergt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt

    ch

    Ap

    ter

    1keY conceptsIn this chapter you will be able to

    bullensp describe the nature of biological diversity and the biological species concept

    bullensp outline some of the primary human-caused threats to Earthrsquos biodiversity

    bullensp explain the principles of taxonomy and phylogeny and the concepts of taxonomic rank

    bullensp describe and compare traditional and modern biological classifi cation systems

    bullensp outline some of the key features used to classify all living organisms into six kingdoms

    bullensp construct and apply dichotomous keys for the purpose of identifying species

    bullensp use appropriate sampling methods to collect specimens from an ecosystem and classify them using scientifi c criteria

    what Connects Life on EarthLife can be found almost everywhere Organisms live at the bottom of the ocean abyss deep underground on icy mountaintops and in boiling hot springs Even our own bodies are home to countless millions of microscopic organismsmdashwe are their habitat

    Emperor penguins show many of the most dramatic and fascinating quali-ties of living things such as the ability to live and fl ourish in extreme environ-ments Emperor penguins begin life by hatching from an egg during sunless days on a sheet of ice in the most inhospitable continent on EarthmdashAntarctica Surviving temperatures of ndash60 degC they are cared for and protected by their parents until they are able to march for tens of kilometres to the waterrsquos edge As they plunge into the icy water they transform from awkward waddlers into majestic high performance swimming machines faster and more agile than almost any fi sh

    As unique and marvellous as penguins are they are just one of the millions of remarkable organisms on Earth Our planet is also home to elephants with noses that drag on the ground albatrosses that can stay airborne for more than a year at a time and deadly poisonous stonefi sh hiding in coral reefs Some eastern white cedar trees living in Ontario are over 1000 years old

    Th e diversity of life is truly extraordinary It is also immeasurably valuable All organisms including humans depend on other organisms for survival Other organisms provide us with oxygen clean air and water food medicines and building materials But throughout the world native plant and animal populations are declining due to habitat loss pollution over-harvesting and competition with invasive species Many species are threatened with extinction

    In this chapter you will examine the grandeur of life beginning with an ex-ploration of the diversity of life and our dependence on it You will learn how organisms are identifi ed and classifi ed and gain insights into why scientists are so concerned about the threats to the diversity of life

    understanding Biodiversity

    Answer the following questions using your current knowledge You will have a chance to revisit these questions later applying concepts and skills from the chapter

    1 How many different kinds of living things do you think there are on Earth How might this diversity be important or valuable

    2 How do you think organisms can be distinguished from one another

    3 What do you think are the benefi ts of naming and classifying (or grouping) living things How might this be accomplished

    STARTiNg PoInTS

    6 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 6 8510 45531 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    After completing
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Identify Exceptional organisms

    Skills Questioning Predicting Communicating

    A good way to begin a study of the diversity of life on Earth is to consider the great variety of organisms that you are already familiar with In this activity you will brainstorm examples of living things that fall into given categories and suggest some categories of your own

    1 Working in small groups brainstorm examples of organisms on Earth that you think best fi t the following categories

    You may list more than one kind of organism for each category but you must identify which of these you think is the ldquobestrdquo choice

    2 Record your choices in a table or other suitable format

    3 Have a class discussion in which groups argue in favour of their selections Be prepared to change your mind if others have a better case for their choice

    A Which categories are based on opinion and which are based on an objective characteristic TI

    B Did everyone interpret the categories in the same way Did ldquovaluablerdquo or ldquodangerousrdquo have the same meaning for everyone TI

    C Were there any choices that almost everyone agreed with Why do you think that was the case TI

    Mini Investigation

    SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

    bullensp largestensplivingenspanimal

    bullensp mostenspbeautifulensporganism

    bullensp smallestenspplant

    bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfood

    bullensp mostenspunusualenspanimal

    bullensp mostensppowerfulensppredator

    bullensp mostenspdangerousensporganism

    bullensp mostenspcolourfulenspanimal

    bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfungus

    bullensp fastestensprunner

    bullensp fastestenspflenspyer

    bullensp fastestenspswimmer

    bullensp threeenspmoreenspcategoriesenspof your own choosing

    Introduction 7NEL

    c01-p01-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 7 8510 45536 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    11

    Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

    BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse The variety of species on Earth or in any eco-system on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity By 2010 the International Year of Biodiversity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are dis-covered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans (Figure 1) brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million different kinds of living things

    In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

    what Is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

    In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions Two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasionally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a cross between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only reproduce asexually For these organisms the spe-cies definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

    Individual variabilityAtoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical but a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

    As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited information (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual vari-ability While the study of the diversity of living things focuses on distinctions among species individual variability is vital to both individuals and entire populations

    species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

    hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

    morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

    biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

    Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

    8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    c01-p03-oB11usB

    c01-p05-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 8 8510 45538 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    and number of life forms
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    traits
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    number and
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltenlarge to a size B width crop top and bottom off photos and squeeze into the text measure we will try and cut some more text at next passgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltPHOTO change back to a size D (as it was in 1st pass and keep in the margingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    so on
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    traditional
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    always hold true to
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    traditional
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltalign definitions with in text calloutsgt

    variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space Th ey can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

    Th e physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors infl uencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

    Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area do not vary much

    BiodiversitySpecies come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Diff erent species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance Th ey also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents Th is produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are diff erences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

    How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiver-sity To begin to answer these questions we will examine diversity in ecosystems

    genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same speciesC01-F01-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0-17-650431-1

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    gray rat snake(E o spiloides )

    Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri )

    Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni )

    W E

    N

    S

    black rat snake(E o obsoleta )

    yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata )

    0 300 600 km

    Figure 4 This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant

    (a) (b)

    c01-p06-oB11usB c01-p07-oB11usB

    Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

    evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

    c01-F01-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 9 8510 45542 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltTRgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    a change
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    occurs in an entire population usually occurs over a long period
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    significantly
    Doug
    Text Box
    are much less variable
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltPHOTO Change C01-P06 to SPL B305076 gt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    an adult
    dalic
    Text Box
    This light microscope image shows several diatoms Diatoms are a distinctive group of single-celled algae characterized by their intricately patterned glass-like cell wall Diatoms form an important part of the plankton at the base of the marine amp freshwater food chains There are over 10 000 species of diatoms
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltFIgure 3 goes heregt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltPlease place these two photos as the same width and height should be standard size B dimensionsgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

    species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

    structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

    EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about becoming an ecologist

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    C01-F02-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    2nd pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    canopy

    understorey

    herb layer

    Figure 5 This mature forest has abundant structural diversity

    microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

    c01-f02-ob11usb

    diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

    diversity of InteractionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1 next page)

    Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

    Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

    Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that each have large populations

    diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

    Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 5) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of tem-perature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

    An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 6(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 6(b))

    heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

    To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 10 8510 45543 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    microhabitats with
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    (Figure 5)
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove Figure 6 from p 12 here set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    P
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    have
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcant see this label change colour of fontgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltalign with call outgt

    Table 1 Species Interactions

    Interaction Examples

    Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

    bullensp enspBonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbones of dead whales that sink to the bottom of the ocean

    bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinside the bodies of giant clams and coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

    Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

    bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnails for a protective home

    bullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinenspthe trunks of Cecropia trees The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants protect the tree by biting and stinging any herbivores that try to eat from it

    Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

    bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbills of hummingbirds moving from flower to flower feeding on nectar

    bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthem to stick to passing animals and be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing

    Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

    bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgans that attract ants The ants feed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

    bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandoned cavities made in trees by woodpeckers for their own nests

    Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

    bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspwhere large fish come to have external parasites removed by small fish and shrimp

    bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveenspon our own skin help protect us from other bacterial and fungal infections

    Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

    bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspare almost entirely incapable of digesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and other microorganisms living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

    bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestines of humans produce vitamins that are then absorbed into the circulatory system

    c01-p08-oB11usB

    c01-p09-oB11usB

    c01-p10-oB11usB

    c01-p11-oB11usB

    c01-p12-oB11usB

    c01-p13-oB11usB

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 11 8510 45552 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltDelete border to merge top two cellsgt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    and corals
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    tissues
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    this
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make all photos in this table the same dimensionsgt

    All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

    Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

    Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

    by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

    including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

    Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

    Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

    Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

    Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

    Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

    (a)

    c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

    To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    (b)

    12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    established after
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    normal
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

    While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

    Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    11 Summary

    bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

    bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

    structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

    many human activities

    11 Questions

    1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

    2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

    3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

    4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

    5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

    (a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

    6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

    7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

    8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

    (a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

    (b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

    9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

    10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

    11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

    Figure 7

    c01-p15-oB11usB

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull backgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcatch web link icongt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcatch web link icon bannergt

    12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

    Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

    Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

    Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

    biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

    Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

    c01-p17-oB11usB

    c01-p18-oB11usB

    c01-p20-oB11usB

    c01-p19-oB11usB

    c01-p21-oB11usB

    Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

    (c)

    (a) (b)

    (d)

    14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

    bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

    For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

    Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

    The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

    One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

    You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

    Table 1 Species Variety

    CategoryNumber of species

    Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

    hummingbirds of Brazil

    gt 200

    fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

    gt 1000

    types of wasp gt 100 000

    types of snails and slugs

    gt 100 000

    seed producing plants gt 260 000

    Mini Investigation

    In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

    1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

    2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

    3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

    A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

    B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

    C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

    D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

    E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

    F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

    Creating a Classifi cation System

    Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

    Mini Investigation

    Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

    taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

    c01-p22-oB11usB

    12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun ingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun ingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltdelete rowgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back textgt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Text Box
    Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    D
    dalic
    Text Box
    E
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

    To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

    Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

    botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

    BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

    Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

    Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

    Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

    Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

    Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

    Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

    (a) (b)

    c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

    (a) (b)

    Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

    To learn about DNA bar coding

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

    c01-p27-oB11usB

    genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

    16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    a quarter of
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    are the same species but do not appear similar They
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    identifying organisms by DNA examination
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
    Caroline
    Text Box
    genus
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

    Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

    Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

    The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

    Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

    Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

    In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

    In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

    binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

    Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

    The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

    LEARNiNg TIP

    c01-p28-oB11usB

    taxon a category used to classify organisms

    kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

    12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

    Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

    kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

    phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

    class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

    order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

    family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

    genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

    species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

    Haliaeetus leucocephalus

    Apis mellifera

    dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

    Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

    Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

    c01-p30-oB11usB

    dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

    bill elongated

    bill not elongated

    bill greatly widened at end

    bill straight

    bill strongly curved

    spoonbill

    heron

    ibis

    bill strongly hooked

    bill uniform in width

    cardinal

    eagle

    bill straight

    C01-F03-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    2nd pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

    c01-f03-ob11usb

    18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

    A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

    Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

    Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

    Investigation 121

    Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

    (a) (b)

    c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

    As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

    12 Summary

    bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

    characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

    12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

    12 Questions

    1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

    2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

    3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

    4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

    5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

    (a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

    (b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

    (c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

    (d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

    Table 4

    Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

    Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

    Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

    6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

    7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

    used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

    examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

    relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

    8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

    (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

    (i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

    using scientific names rather than common names

    9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

    bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

    living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

    certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

    (c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

    10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

    (a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

    (b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

    (c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

    SEE OVERMATTER

    20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltCATCH web link icongt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltCATCH web link icongt
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltCATCH web link bannergt
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    answer the questions below
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    lttrgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    What is
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caroline
    Text Box
    What are
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    How many species are
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Describe
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun in 2 columnsgt
    dalic
    Pencil

    Table 5

    bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

    smooth skinbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull swims using fins and tail

    bull live birth

    bull warm-blooded

    bull some hairbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull walks on two legs

    bull live birthbull no tail

    bull warm-blooded

    bull feathersbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull walks on two legs

    bull lays eggsbull short tail

    bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

    bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

    bull warm-blooded

    bull covered in hair

    bull four-chambered heart

    bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

    used on land and in water

    c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

    OVERMATTER

    oM20

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
    Caroline
    Rectangle
    Caroline
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    three
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    flippers and tail flukes
    Doug
    Text Box
    using its tail
    Doug
    Text Box
    and flies
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltimages approved 6gt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

    13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

    Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

    PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

    C01-F04-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    1st pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0-17-650431-1

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    William Smithdied age 40

    NF1

    Liz Smithdied 95

    Katy ChenBreast Cancer

    diag 55

    PeterSmith

    DavidRoberts

    SarahRoberts

    NF1diag 40

    Shelley SmithNF1

    diag 42died 52

    LukeJohnson

    AlisonRasheed

    Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

    KhaledRasheed

    Bill RobertsNF1

    died 30

    PeterJohnson

    NF1diag 5

    NikiJohnson

    JakieRasheed

    BillRasheed

    Ann RobertsNF1

    diag 30

    Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

    evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

    phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

    phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

    clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

    Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

    CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

    Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

    LEARNiNg TIP

    c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

    Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

    C01-F05-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    1st pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
    Doug
    Stamp
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltclose up this spacegt

    Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

    The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

    Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

    C01-F08-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    past

    present

    Figure 4(a)

    Solution

    Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

    Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

    Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

    Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

    C01-F09-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    past

    present

    A

    B

    Figure 4(b)

    Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

    c01-F08-oB11usB

    c01-F09-oB11usB

    Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

    C01-F06-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    (a)

    c01-F06-oB11usB

    C01-F07-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    Felidae(cats)

    Hyaenidae(hyaena)

    Canidae(dogs)

    Carnivora

    Ursidae(bears)

    Phocidae(seals)

    Mustelidae(mink)

    (b)

    c01-F07-oB11usB

    on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

    Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

    22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    5
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    5
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    (Figure 5)
    dalic
    Text Box
    Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    Using
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
    dalic
    Pencil

    Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

    past

    present

    C01-F10-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    A

    B

    Figure 4(c)

    How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

    Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    C01-F11-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    A

    B

    Figure 5(a)

    Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

    Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

    C01-F12-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    seal bat rat monkey

    A

    B

    rabbit

    C

    D

    Figure 5(b)

    Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

    Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

    coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

    c01-F10-oB11usB

    c01-F11-oB11usB

    c01-F12-oB11usB

    Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

    (a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Doug
    Text Box
    Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
    Doug
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    (Figure 6)
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    6
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    [KU][TI][C][A]
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    [KU][TI][C][A]
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

    In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

    C01-F13-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    1st pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    ClassMammalia

    Turtles

    Class ReptiliaLizards

    and Snakes Crocodilians

    Class AvesBirds

    TraditionalTaxonomy

    Early Reptiles

    Mammal Clade

    TurtlesLizards

    and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

    Birds

    Phylogenetic Taxonomy

    Early Reptiles

    Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

    and Snakes Birds

    and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

    c01-F13-oB11usB

    Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

    (a)

    (b)

    24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Common four-limbed ancestor
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Traditional taxonomy
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Common four-limbed ancestor
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Phylogenetic taxonomy
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
    Caroline
    Text Box
    mammals
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART lc x5gt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    9
    dalic
    Text Box
    9
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    13 Summary

    bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

    bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

    bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

    bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

    13 Questions

    1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

    2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

    3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

    4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

    5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

    (a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

    (b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

    (c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

    6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

    systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

    7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

    (a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

    green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

    recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

    C01-F14-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

    Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

    uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

    Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

    TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the orange
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    closely
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the pink
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the orange
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    5
    Caroline
    Text Box
    6
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    8
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    8
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    [CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

    [CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

    Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

    Web Link

    To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

    The International Barcode of Life Project

    Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

    The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

    Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 5: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

TheenspfollowingenspiconsenspindicateensptheenspAchievementenspChartenspcategoryenspaddressedenspbyenspeachenspquestion

KU ensp KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ensp ThinkingInvestigationC ensp Communication A ensp Application

UNIT

B SELF-QUIZ

for each question select the best answer from the four alternatives

1 What are producers able to do that consumers cannot (24) KU

(a) cycle energy in ecosystems(b) make their own food(c) release energy from food (d) generate thermal energy

2 Th e unique way a species interacts with other species and with its environment is called (25) KU

(a) a trophic level(b) a feeding role(c) an ecological niche(d) a food chain

3 Which of the following is an example of a biotic factor (22 27) KU

(a) sunlight(b) grass(c) soil(d) water

4 Which of the following is true about pesticides (44 45) KU

(a) Pesticides are toxic only to the target species

(b) Pesticides tend to reduce overall food production

(c) Pesticides are used to replace nutrients in soil

(d) Pesticides can pass from an organism to its consumer

Indicate whether each of the statements is true or false If you think the statement is false rewrite it to make it true

5 Primary succession occurs in an ecosystem that has been partially disturbed by an event such as a forest fi re (32) KU

6 Fragmentation of an ecosystem occurs when the ecosystem is divided into smaller parcels making it more sustainable (34) KU

7 A threatened species is a species that may become endangered if current trends continue (33) KU

Copy each of the following statements into your notebook fill in the blanks with a word or phrase that correctly completes the sentence

8 Groundwater can become contaminated with nitrogen compounds from fertilizers through a process called (42) KU

9 An environment and all its organisms form a(n) (22) KU

Match each term on the left with the most appropriate description on the right

10 (a) producer (i) the feeding position of an organism along a food chain

(b) consumer (ii) an organism that obtains energy by eating other organisms

(c) decomposer (iii) a network of feeding relationships within a community

(d) food chain (iv) an organism that obtains energy by eating dead organic matter

(e) food web (v) an organism that obtains energy by making its own food

(f) trophic level (vi) a sequence of organisms each feeding on the next (24 25) KU

Write a short answer to each of these questions

11 List three examples of products we obtain from terrestrial ecosystems (31) KU

12 Explain the diff erence between a population and a community (22) KU

13 Predation and parasitism are two examples of species interactions (27) KU

(a) How are predation and parasitism alike (b) How are they diff erent

164 Unit B bull Sustainable Ecosystems NEL

6646_Sci9_ch04_pp148-165indd 164 71709 60804 PM

    dalic
    File Attachment
    pagepdf
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove to column 2gt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltimages should be left-aligned with the Q numbergt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt

    ch

    Ap

    ter

    1keY conceptsIn this chapter you will be able to

    bullensp describe the nature of biological diversity and the biological species concept

    bullensp outline some of the primary human-caused threats to Earthrsquos biodiversity

    bullensp explain the principles of taxonomy and phylogeny and the concepts of taxonomic rank

    bullensp describe and compare traditional and modern biological classifi cation systems

    bullensp outline some of the key features used to classify all living organisms into six kingdoms

    bullensp construct and apply dichotomous keys for the purpose of identifying species

    bullensp use appropriate sampling methods to collect specimens from an ecosystem and classify them using scientifi c criteria

    what Connects Life on EarthLife can be found almost everywhere Organisms live at the bottom of the ocean abyss deep underground on icy mountaintops and in boiling hot springs Even our own bodies are home to countless millions of microscopic organismsmdashwe are their habitat

    Emperor penguins show many of the most dramatic and fascinating quali-ties of living things such as the ability to live and fl ourish in extreme environ-ments Emperor penguins begin life by hatching from an egg during sunless days on a sheet of ice in the most inhospitable continent on EarthmdashAntarctica Surviving temperatures of ndash60 degC they are cared for and protected by their parents until they are able to march for tens of kilometres to the waterrsquos edge As they plunge into the icy water they transform from awkward waddlers into majestic high performance swimming machines faster and more agile than almost any fi sh

    As unique and marvellous as penguins are they are just one of the millions of remarkable organisms on Earth Our planet is also home to elephants with noses that drag on the ground albatrosses that can stay airborne for more than a year at a time and deadly poisonous stonefi sh hiding in coral reefs Some eastern white cedar trees living in Ontario are over 1000 years old

    Th e diversity of life is truly extraordinary It is also immeasurably valuable All organisms including humans depend on other organisms for survival Other organisms provide us with oxygen clean air and water food medicines and building materials But throughout the world native plant and animal populations are declining due to habitat loss pollution over-harvesting and competition with invasive species Many species are threatened with extinction

    In this chapter you will examine the grandeur of life beginning with an ex-ploration of the diversity of life and our dependence on it You will learn how organisms are identifi ed and classifi ed and gain insights into why scientists are so concerned about the threats to the diversity of life

    understanding Biodiversity

    Answer the following questions using your current knowledge You will have a chance to revisit these questions later applying concepts and skills from the chapter

    1 How many different kinds of living things do you think there are on Earth How might this diversity be important or valuable

    2 How do you think organisms can be distinguished from one another

    3 What do you think are the benefi ts of naming and classifying (or grouping) living things How might this be accomplished

    STARTiNg PoInTS

    6 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 6 8510 45531 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    After completing
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Identify Exceptional organisms

    Skills Questioning Predicting Communicating

    A good way to begin a study of the diversity of life on Earth is to consider the great variety of organisms that you are already familiar with In this activity you will brainstorm examples of living things that fall into given categories and suggest some categories of your own

    1 Working in small groups brainstorm examples of organisms on Earth that you think best fi t the following categories

    You may list more than one kind of organism for each category but you must identify which of these you think is the ldquobestrdquo choice

    2 Record your choices in a table or other suitable format

    3 Have a class discussion in which groups argue in favour of their selections Be prepared to change your mind if others have a better case for their choice

    A Which categories are based on opinion and which are based on an objective characteristic TI

    B Did everyone interpret the categories in the same way Did ldquovaluablerdquo or ldquodangerousrdquo have the same meaning for everyone TI

    C Were there any choices that almost everyone agreed with Why do you think that was the case TI

    Mini Investigation

    SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

    bullensp largestensplivingenspanimal

    bullensp mostenspbeautifulensporganism

    bullensp smallestenspplant

    bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfood

    bullensp mostenspunusualenspanimal

    bullensp mostensppowerfulensppredator

    bullensp mostenspdangerousensporganism

    bullensp mostenspcolourfulenspanimal

    bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfungus

    bullensp fastestensprunner

    bullensp fastestenspflenspyer

    bullensp fastestenspswimmer

    bullensp threeenspmoreenspcategoriesenspof your own choosing

    Introduction 7NEL

    c01-p01-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 7 8510 45536 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    11

    Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

    BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse The variety of species on Earth or in any eco-system on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity By 2010 the International Year of Biodiversity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are dis-covered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans (Figure 1) brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million different kinds of living things

    In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

    what Is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

    In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions Two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasionally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a cross between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only reproduce asexually For these organisms the spe-cies definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

    Individual variabilityAtoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical but a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

    As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited information (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual vari-ability While the study of the diversity of living things focuses on distinctions among species individual variability is vital to both individuals and entire populations

    species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

    hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

    morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

    biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

    Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

    8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    c01-p03-oB11usB

    c01-p05-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 8 8510 45538 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    and number of life forms
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    traits
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    number and
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltenlarge to a size B width crop top and bottom off photos and squeeze into the text measure we will try and cut some more text at next passgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltPHOTO change back to a size D (as it was in 1st pass and keep in the margingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    so on
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    traditional
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    always hold true to
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    traditional
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltalign definitions with in text calloutsgt

    variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space Th ey can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

    Th e physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors infl uencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

    Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area do not vary much

    BiodiversitySpecies come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Diff erent species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance Th ey also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents Th is produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are diff erences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

    How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiver-sity To begin to answer these questions we will examine diversity in ecosystems

    genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same speciesC01-F01-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0-17-650431-1

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    gray rat snake(E o spiloides )

    Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri )

    Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni )

    W E

    N

    S

    black rat snake(E o obsoleta )

    yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata )

    0 300 600 km

    Figure 4 This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant

    (a) (b)

    c01-p06-oB11usB c01-p07-oB11usB

    Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

    evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

    c01-F01-oB11usB

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 9 8510 45542 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltTRgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    a change
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    occurs in an entire population usually occurs over a long period
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    significantly
    Doug
    Text Box
    are much less variable
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltPHOTO Change C01-P06 to SPL B305076 gt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    an adult
    dalic
    Text Box
    This light microscope image shows several diatoms Diatoms are a distinctive group of single-celled algae characterized by their intricately patterned glass-like cell wall Diatoms form an important part of the plankton at the base of the marine amp freshwater food chains There are over 10 000 species of diatoms
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltFIgure 3 goes heregt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltPlease place these two photos as the same width and height should be standard size B dimensionsgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

    species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

    structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

    EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about becoming an ecologist

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    C01-F02-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    2nd pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    canopy

    understorey

    herb layer

    Figure 5 This mature forest has abundant structural diversity

    microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

    c01-f02-ob11usb

    diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

    diversity of InteractionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1 next page)

    Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

    Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

    Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that each have large populations

    diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

    Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 5) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of tem-perature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

    An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 6(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 6(b))

    heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

    To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 10 8510 45543 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    microhabitats with
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    (Figure 5)
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove Figure 6 from p 12 here set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    P
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    have
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcant see this label change colour of fontgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltalign with call outgt

    Table 1 Species Interactions

    Interaction Examples

    Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

    bullensp enspBonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbones of dead whales that sink to the bottom of the ocean

    bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinside the bodies of giant clams and coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

    Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

    bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnails for a protective home

    bullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinenspthe trunks of Cecropia trees The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants protect the tree by biting and stinging any herbivores that try to eat from it

    Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

    bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbills of hummingbirds moving from flower to flower feeding on nectar

    bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthem to stick to passing animals and be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing

    Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

    bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgans that attract ants The ants feed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

    bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandoned cavities made in trees by woodpeckers for their own nests

    Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

    bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspwhere large fish come to have external parasites removed by small fish and shrimp

    bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveenspon our own skin help protect us from other bacterial and fungal infections

    Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

    bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspare almost entirely incapable of digesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and other microorganisms living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

    bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestines of humans produce vitamins that are then absorbed into the circulatory system

    c01-p08-oB11usB

    c01-p09-oB11usB

    c01-p10-oB11usB

    c01-p11-oB11usB

    c01-p12-oB11usB

    c01-p13-oB11usB

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 11 8510 45552 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltDelete border to merge top two cellsgt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    and corals
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    tissues
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    this
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make all photos in this table the same dimensionsgt

    All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

    Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

    Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

    by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

    including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

    Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

    Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

    Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

    Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

    Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

    (a)

    c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

    To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    (b)

    12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    established after
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    normal
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

    While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

    Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    11 Summary

    bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

    bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

    structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

    many human activities

    11 Questions

    1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

    2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

    3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

    4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

    5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

    (a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

    6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

    7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

    8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

    (a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

    (b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

    9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

    10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

    11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

    Figure 7

    c01-p15-oB11usB

    11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull backgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcatch web link icongt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcatch web link icon bannergt

    12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

    Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

    Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

    Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

    biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

    Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

    c01-p17-oB11usB

    c01-p18-oB11usB

    c01-p20-oB11usB

    c01-p19-oB11usB

    c01-p21-oB11usB

    Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

    (c)

    (a) (b)

    (d)

    14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

    bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

    For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

    Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

    The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

    One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

    You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

    Table 1 Species Variety

    CategoryNumber of species

    Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

    hummingbirds of Brazil

    gt 200

    fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

    gt 1000

    types of wasp gt 100 000

    types of snails and slugs

    gt 100 000

    seed producing plants gt 260 000

    Mini Investigation

    In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

    1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

    2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

    3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

    A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

    B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

    C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

    D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

    E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

    F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

    Creating a Classifi cation System

    Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

    Mini Investigation

    Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

    taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

    c01-p22-oB11usB

    12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun ingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun ingt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltdelete rowgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back textgt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Text Box
    Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    D
    dalic
    Text Box
    E
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

    To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

    Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

    botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

    BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

    Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

    Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

    Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

    Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

    Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

    Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

    (a) (b)

    c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

    (a) (b)

    Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

    To learn about DNA bar coding

    WEB LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

    c01-p27-oB11usB

    genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

    16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Doug
    Text Box
    a quarter of
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    are the same species but do not appear similar They
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    identifying organisms by DNA examination
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
    Caroline
    Text Box
    genus
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

    Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

    Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

    The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

    Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

    Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

    In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

    In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

    binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

    Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

    The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

    LEARNiNg TIP

    c01-p28-oB11usB

    taxon a category used to classify organisms

    kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

    12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

    Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

    kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

    phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

    class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

    order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

    family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

    genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

    species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

    Haliaeetus leucocephalus

    Apis mellifera

    dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

    Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

    Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

    c01-p30-oB11usB

    dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

    bill elongated

    bill not elongated

    bill greatly widened at end

    bill straight

    bill strongly curved

    spoonbill

    heron

    ibis

    bill strongly hooked

    bill uniform in width

    cardinal

    eagle

    bill straight

    C01-F03-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    2nd pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

    c01-f03-ob11usb

    18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltapprovedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

    A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

    Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

    Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

    Investigation 121

    Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

    (a) (b)

    c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

    As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

    12 Summary

    bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

    characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

    12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

    12 Questions

    1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

    2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

    3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

    4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

    5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

    (a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

    (b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

    (c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

    (d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

    Table 4

    Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

    Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

    Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

    6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

    7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

    used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

    examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

    relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

    8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

    (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

    (i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

    using scientific names rather than common names

    9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

    bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

    living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

    certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

    (c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

    10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

    (a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

    (b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

    (c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

    SEE OVERMATTER

    20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltCATCH web link icongt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltCATCH web link icongt
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltCATCH web link bannergt
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    answer the questions below
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    lttrgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    What is
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caroline
    Text Box
    What are
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    How many species are
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Describe
    Caroline
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun in 2 columnsgt
    dalic
    Pencil

    Table 5

    bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

    smooth skinbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull swims using fins and tail

    bull live birth

    bull warm-blooded

    bull some hairbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull walks on two legs

    bull live birthbull no tail

    bull warm-blooded

    bull feathersbull four-

    chambered heart

    bull walks on two legs

    bull lays eggsbull short tail

    bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

    bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

    bull warm-blooded

    bull covered in hair

    bull four-chambered heart

    bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

    used on land and in water

    c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

    OVERMATTER

    oM20

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
    Caroline
    Rectangle
    Caroline
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    three
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    flippers and tail flukes
    Doug
    Text Box
    using its tail
    Doug
    Text Box
    and flies
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltimages approved 6gt
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

    13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

    Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

    PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

    C01-F04-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    1st pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0-17-650431-1

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    William Smithdied age 40

    NF1

    Liz Smithdied 95

    Katy ChenBreast Cancer

    diag 55

    PeterSmith

    DavidRoberts

    SarahRoberts

    NF1diag 40

    Shelley SmithNF1

    diag 42died 52

    LukeJohnson

    AlisonRasheed

    Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

    KhaledRasheed

    Bill RobertsNF1

    died 30

    PeterJohnson

    NF1diag 5

    NikiJohnson

    JakieRasheed

    BillRasheed

    Ann RobertsNF1

    diag 30

    Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

    evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

    phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

    phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

    clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

    Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

    CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

    Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

    LEARNiNg TIP

    c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

    Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

    C01-F05-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    1st pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
    Doug
    Stamp
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltclose up this spacegt

    Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

    The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

    Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

    C01-F08-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    past

    present

    Figure 4(a)

    Solution

    Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

    Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

    Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

    Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

    C01-F09-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    past

    present

    A

    B

    Figure 4(b)

    Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

    c01-F08-oB11usB

    c01-F09-oB11usB

    Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

    C01-F06-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    (a)

    c01-F06-oB11usB

    C01-F07-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    Felidae(cats)

    Hyaenidae(hyaena)

    Canidae(dogs)

    Carnivora

    Ursidae(bears)

    Phocidae(seals)

    Mustelidae(mink)

    (b)

    c01-F07-oB11usB

    on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

    Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

    22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    5
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    5
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    (Figure 5)
    dalic
    Text Box
    Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    Using
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
    dalic
    Pencil

    Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

    past

    present

    C01-F10-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    A

    B

    Figure 4(c)

    How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

    Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

    rhinoceros horse zebra

    C01-F11-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    A

    B

    Figure 5(a)

    Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

    Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

    C01-F12-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    seal bat rat monkey

    A

    B

    rabbit

    C

    D

    Figure 5(b)

    Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

    Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

    coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

    c01-F10-oB11usB

    c01-F11-oB11usB

    c01-F12-oB11usB

    Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

    (a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Doug
    Text Box
    Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
    Doug
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    (Figure 6)
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    6
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    [KU][TI][C][A]
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
    dalic
    Rectangle
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltcentre art in columngt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    7
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    8
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    [KU][TI][C][A]
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

    In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

    C01-F13-OB11USB

    Ann Sanderson

    1st pass

    Sci Biology 11

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    ClassMammalia

    Turtles

    Class ReptiliaLizards

    and Snakes Crocodilians

    Class AvesBirds

    TraditionalTaxonomy

    Early Reptiles

    Mammal Clade

    TurtlesLizards

    and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

    Birds

    Phylogenetic Taxonomy

    Early Reptiles

    Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

    and Snakes Birds

    and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

    c01-F13-oB11usB

    Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

    (a)

    (b)

    24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Underline
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Common four-limbed ancestor
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Traditional taxonomy
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Common four-limbed ancestor
    Caroline
    Text Box
    Phylogenetic taxonomy
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
    Caroline
    Text Box
    mammals
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART lc x5gt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Line
    Doug
    Text Box
    In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
    Caroline
    Line
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Polygonal Line
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
    Caroline
    Callout
    ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    9
    dalic
    Text Box
    9
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Pencil

    13 Summary

    bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

    bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

    bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

    bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

    13 Questions

    1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

    2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

    3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

    4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

    5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

    (a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

    (b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

    (c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

    6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

    systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

    7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

    (a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

    green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

    recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

    C01-F14-OB11USB

    Crowle Art Group

    2nd pass

    Ontario Biology 11 U SB

    0176504311

    FN

    CO

    Pass

    Approved

    Not Approved

    A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

    Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

    uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

    Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

    TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

    CAREER LInK

    go To NELSoN SCiENCE

    13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
    Doug
    Pencil
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Doug
    Rectangle
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the orange
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    closely
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the pink
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the orange
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    5
    Caroline
    Text Box
    6
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    8
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Text Box
    8
    Caroline
    Text Box
    ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
    dalic
    Pencil
    dalic
    Text Box
    ltkeep page breakgt

    [CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

    [CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

    Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

    Web Link

    To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

    The International Barcode of Life Project

    Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

    The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

    Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 6: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

ch

Ap

ter

1keY conceptsIn this chapter you will be able to

bullensp describe the nature of biological diversity and the biological species concept

bullensp outline some of the primary human-caused threats to Earthrsquos biodiversity

bullensp explain the principles of taxonomy and phylogeny and the concepts of taxonomic rank

bullensp describe and compare traditional and modern biological classifi cation systems

bullensp outline some of the key features used to classify all living organisms into six kingdoms

bullensp construct and apply dichotomous keys for the purpose of identifying species

bullensp use appropriate sampling methods to collect specimens from an ecosystem and classify them using scientifi c criteria

what Connects Life on EarthLife can be found almost everywhere Organisms live at the bottom of the ocean abyss deep underground on icy mountaintops and in boiling hot springs Even our own bodies are home to countless millions of microscopic organismsmdashwe are their habitat

Emperor penguins show many of the most dramatic and fascinating quali-ties of living things such as the ability to live and fl ourish in extreme environ-ments Emperor penguins begin life by hatching from an egg during sunless days on a sheet of ice in the most inhospitable continent on EarthmdashAntarctica Surviving temperatures of ndash60 degC they are cared for and protected by their parents until they are able to march for tens of kilometres to the waterrsquos edge As they plunge into the icy water they transform from awkward waddlers into majestic high performance swimming machines faster and more agile than almost any fi sh

As unique and marvellous as penguins are they are just one of the millions of remarkable organisms on Earth Our planet is also home to elephants with noses that drag on the ground albatrosses that can stay airborne for more than a year at a time and deadly poisonous stonefi sh hiding in coral reefs Some eastern white cedar trees living in Ontario are over 1000 years old

Th e diversity of life is truly extraordinary It is also immeasurably valuable All organisms including humans depend on other organisms for survival Other organisms provide us with oxygen clean air and water food medicines and building materials But throughout the world native plant and animal populations are declining due to habitat loss pollution over-harvesting and competition with invasive species Many species are threatened with extinction

In this chapter you will examine the grandeur of life beginning with an ex-ploration of the diversity of life and our dependence on it You will learn how organisms are identifi ed and classifi ed and gain insights into why scientists are so concerned about the threats to the diversity of life

understanding Biodiversity

Answer the following questions using your current knowledge You will have a chance to revisit these questions later applying concepts and skills from the chapter

1 How many different kinds of living things do you think there are on Earth How might this diversity be important or valuable

2 How do you think organisms can be distinguished from one another

3 What do you think are the benefi ts of naming and classifying (or grouping) living things How might this be accomplished

STARTiNg PoInTS

6 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 6 8510 45531 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
After completing
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Identify Exceptional organisms

Skills Questioning Predicting Communicating

A good way to begin a study of the diversity of life on Earth is to consider the great variety of organisms that you are already familiar with In this activity you will brainstorm examples of living things that fall into given categories and suggest some categories of your own

1 Working in small groups brainstorm examples of organisms on Earth that you think best fi t the following categories

You may list more than one kind of organism for each category but you must identify which of these you think is the ldquobestrdquo choice

2 Record your choices in a table or other suitable format

3 Have a class discussion in which groups argue in favour of their selections Be prepared to change your mind if others have a better case for their choice

A Which categories are based on opinion and which are based on an objective characteristic TI

B Did everyone interpret the categories in the same way Did ldquovaluablerdquo or ldquodangerousrdquo have the same meaning for everyone TI

C Were there any choices that almost everyone agreed with Why do you think that was the case TI

Mini Investigation

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

bullensp largestensplivingenspanimal

bullensp mostenspbeautifulensporganism

bullensp smallestenspplant

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfood

bullensp mostenspunusualenspanimal

bullensp mostensppowerfulensppredator

bullensp mostenspdangerousensporganism

bullensp mostenspcolourfulenspanimal

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfungus

bullensp fastestensprunner

bullensp fastestenspflenspyer

bullensp fastestenspswimmer

bullensp threeenspmoreenspcategoriesenspof your own choosing

Introduction 7NEL

c01-p01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 7 8510 45536 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

11

Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse The variety of species on Earth or in any eco-system on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity By 2010 the International Year of Biodiversity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are dis-covered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans (Figure 1) brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million different kinds of living things

In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

what Is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions Two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasionally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a cross between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only reproduce asexually For these organisms the spe-cies definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

Individual variabilityAtoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical but a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited information (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual vari-ability While the study of the diversity of living things focuses on distinctions among species individual variability is vital to both individuals and entire populations

species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

c01-p03-oB11usB

c01-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 8 8510 45538 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
and number of life forms
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
traits
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
number and
dalic
Text Box
ltenlarge to a size B width crop top and bottom off photos and squeeze into the text measure we will try and cut some more text at next passgt
dalic
Text Box
ltPHOTO change back to a size D (as it was in 1st pass and keep in the margingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
so on
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
traditional
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
always hold true to
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
traditional
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltalign definitions with in text calloutsgt

variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space Th ey can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

Th e physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors infl uencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area do not vary much

BiodiversitySpecies come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Diff erent species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance Th ey also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents Th is produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are diff erences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiver-sity To begin to answer these questions we will examine diversity in ecosystems

genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same speciesC01-F01-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

gray rat snake(E o spiloides )

Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri )

Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni )

W E

N

S

black rat snake(E o obsoleta )

yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata )

0 300 600 km

Figure 4 This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant

(a) (b)

c01-p06-oB11usB c01-p07-oB11usB

Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

c01-F01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 9 8510 45542 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltTRgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
a change
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
occurs in an entire population usually occurs over a long period
Doug
Line
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
significantly
Doug
Text Box
are much less variable
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO Change C01-P06 to SPL B305076 gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
an adult
dalic
Text Box
This light microscope image shows several diatoms Diatoms are a distinctive group of single-celled algae characterized by their intricately patterned glass-like cell wall Diatoms form an important part of the plankton at the base of the marine amp freshwater food chains There are over 10 000 species of diatoms
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltFIgure 3 goes heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltPlease place these two photos as the same width and height should be standard size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about becoming an ecologist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

canopy

understorey

herb layer

Figure 5 This mature forest has abundant structural diversity

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

c01-f02-ob11usb

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of InteractionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1 next page)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that each have large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 5) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of tem-perature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 6(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 6(b))

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 10 8510 45543 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
microhabitats with
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Figure 5)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 6 from p 12 here set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
have
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcant see this label change colour of fontgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltalign with call outgt

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspBonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbones of dead whales that sink to the bottom of the ocean

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinside the bodies of giant clams and coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnails for a protective home

bullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinenspthe trunks of Cecropia trees The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants protect the tree by biting and stinging any herbivores that try to eat from it

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbills of hummingbirds moving from flower to flower feeding on nectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthem to stick to passing animals and be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgans that attract ants The ants feed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandoned cavities made in trees by woodpeckers for their own nests

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspwhere large fish come to have external parasites removed by small fish and shrimp

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveenspon our own skin help protect us from other bacterial and fungal infections

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspare almost entirely incapable of digesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and other microorganisms living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestines of humans produce vitamins that are then absorbed into the circulatory system

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 11 8510 45552 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltDelete border to merge top two cellsgt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
and corals
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
tissues
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
this
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make all photos in this table the same dimensionsgt

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a)

c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

(b)

12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
established after
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
normal
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

(a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

(b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

Figure 7

c01-p15-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull backgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icon bannergt

12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

CategoryNumber of species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini Investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini Investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltdelete rowgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back textgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
D
dalic
Text Box
E
dalic
Text Box
ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

(a) (b)

c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

(a) (b)

Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

To learn about DNA bar coding

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

c01-p27-oB11usB

genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
a quarter of
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
are the same species but do not appear similar They
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
identifying organisms by DNA examination
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
Caroline
Text Box
genus
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 7: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Identify Exceptional organisms

Skills Questioning Predicting Communicating

A good way to begin a study of the diversity of life on Earth is to consider the great variety of organisms that you are already familiar with In this activity you will brainstorm examples of living things that fall into given categories and suggest some categories of your own

1 Working in small groups brainstorm examples of organisms on Earth that you think best fi t the following categories

You may list more than one kind of organism for each category but you must identify which of these you think is the ldquobestrdquo choice

2 Record your choices in a table or other suitable format

3 Have a class discussion in which groups argue in favour of their selections Be prepared to change your mind if others have a better case for their choice

A Which categories are based on opinion and which are based on an objective characteristic TI

B Did everyone interpret the categories in the same way Did ldquovaluablerdquo or ldquodangerousrdquo have the same meaning for everyone TI

C Were there any choices that almost everyone agreed with Why do you think that was the case TI

Mini Investigation

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

bullensp largestensplivingenspanimal

bullensp mostenspbeautifulensporganism

bullensp smallestenspplant

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfood

bullensp mostenspunusualenspanimal

bullensp mostensppowerfulensppredator

bullensp mostenspdangerousensporganism

bullensp mostenspcolourfulenspanimal

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfungus

bullensp fastestensprunner

bullensp fastestenspflenspyer

bullensp fastestenspswimmer

bullensp threeenspmoreenspcategoriesenspof your own choosing

Introduction 7NEL

c01-p01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 7 8510 45536 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

11

Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse The variety of species on Earth or in any eco-system on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity By 2010 the International Year of Biodiversity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are dis-covered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans (Figure 1) brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million different kinds of living things

In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

what Is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions Two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasionally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a cross between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only reproduce asexually For these organisms the spe-cies definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

Individual variabilityAtoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical but a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited information (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual vari-ability While the study of the diversity of living things focuses on distinctions among species individual variability is vital to both individuals and entire populations

species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

c01-p03-oB11usB

c01-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 8 8510 45538 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
and number of life forms
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
traits
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
number and
dalic
Text Box
ltenlarge to a size B width crop top and bottom off photos and squeeze into the text measure we will try and cut some more text at next passgt
dalic
Text Box
ltPHOTO change back to a size D (as it was in 1st pass and keep in the margingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
so on
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
traditional
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
always hold true to
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
traditional
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltalign definitions with in text calloutsgt

variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space Th ey can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

Th e physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors infl uencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area do not vary much

BiodiversitySpecies come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Diff erent species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance Th ey also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents Th is produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are diff erences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiver-sity To begin to answer these questions we will examine diversity in ecosystems

genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same speciesC01-F01-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

gray rat snake(E o spiloides )

Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri )

Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni )

W E

N

S

black rat snake(E o obsoleta )

yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata )

0 300 600 km

Figure 4 This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant

(a) (b)

c01-p06-oB11usB c01-p07-oB11usB

Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

c01-F01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 9 8510 45542 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltTRgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
a change
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
occurs in an entire population usually occurs over a long period
Doug
Line
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
significantly
Doug
Text Box
are much less variable
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO Change C01-P06 to SPL B305076 gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
an adult
dalic
Text Box
This light microscope image shows several diatoms Diatoms are a distinctive group of single-celled algae characterized by their intricately patterned glass-like cell wall Diatoms form an important part of the plankton at the base of the marine amp freshwater food chains There are over 10 000 species of diatoms
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltFIgure 3 goes heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltPlease place these two photos as the same width and height should be standard size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about becoming an ecologist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

canopy

understorey

herb layer

Figure 5 This mature forest has abundant structural diversity

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

c01-f02-ob11usb

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of InteractionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1 next page)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that each have large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 5) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of tem-perature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 6(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 6(b))

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 10 8510 45543 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
microhabitats with
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Figure 5)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 6 from p 12 here set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
have
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcant see this label change colour of fontgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltalign with call outgt

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspBonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbones of dead whales that sink to the bottom of the ocean

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinside the bodies of giant clams and coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnails for a protective home

bullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinenspthe trunks of Cecropia trees The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants protect the tree by biting and stinging any herbivores that try to eat from it

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbills of hummingbirds moving from flower to flower feeding on nectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthem to stick to passing animals and be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgans that attract ants The ants feed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandoned cavities made in trees by woodpeckers for their own nests

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspwhere large fish come to have external parasites removed by small fish and shrimp

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveenspon our own skin help protect us from other bacterial and fungal infections

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspare almost entirely incapable of digesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and other microorganisms living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestines of humans produce vitamins that are then absorbed into the circulatory system

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 11 8510 45552 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltDelete border to merge top two cellsgt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
and corals
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
tissues
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
this
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make all photos in this table the same dimensionsgt

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a)

c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

(b)

12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
established after
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
normal
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

(a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

(b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

Figure 7

c01-p15-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull backgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icon bannergt

12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

CategoryNumber of species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini Investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini Investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltdelete rowgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back textgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
D
dalic
Text Box
E
dalic
Text Box
ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

(a) (b)

c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

(a) (b)

Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

To learn about DNA bar coding

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

c01-p27-oB11usB

genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
a quarter of
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
are the same species but do not appear similar They
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
identifying organisms by DNA examination
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
Caroline
Text Box
genus
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 8: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

11

Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse The variety of species on Earth or in any eco-system on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity By 2010 the International Year of Biodiversity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are dis-covered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans (Figure 1) brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million different kinds of living things

In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

what Is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions Two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasionally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a cross between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only reproduce asexually For these organisms the spe-cies definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

Individual variabilityAtoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical but a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited information (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual vari-ability While the study of the diversity of living things focuses on distinctions among species individual variability is vital to both individuals and entire populations

species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

c01-p03-oB11usB

c01-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 8 8510 45538 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
and number of life forms
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
traits
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
number and
dalic
Text Box
ltenlarge to a size B width crop top and bottom off photos and squeeze into the text measure we will try and cut some more text at next passgt
dalic
Text Box
ltPHOTO change back to a size D (as it was in 1st pass and keep in the margingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
so on
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
traditional
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
always hold true to
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
traditional
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltalign definitions with in text calloutsgt

variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space Th ey can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

Th e physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors infl uencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area do not vary much

BiodiversitySpecies come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Diff erent species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance Th ey also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents Th is produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are diff erences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiver-sity To begin to answer these questions we will examine diversity in ecosystems

genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same speciesC01-F01-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

gray rat snake(E o spiloides )

Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri )

Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni )

W E

N

S

black rat snake(E o obsoleta )

yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata )

0 300 600 km

Figure 4 This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant

(a) (b)

c01-p06-oB11usB c01-p07-oB11usB

Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

c01-F01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 9 8510 45542 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltTRgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
a change
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
occurs in an entire population usually occurs over a long period
Doug
Line
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
significantly
Doug
Text Box
are much less variable
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO Change C01-P06 to SPL B305076 gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
an adult
dalic
Text Box
This light microscope image shows several diatoms Diatoms are a distinctive group of single-celled algae characterized by their intricately patterned glass-like cell wall Diatoms form an important part of the plankton at the base of the marine amp freshwater food chains There are over 10 000 species of diatoms
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltFIgure 3 goes heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltPlease place these two photos as the same width and height should be standard size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about becoming an ecologist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

canopy

understorey

herb layer

Figure 5 This mature forest has abundant structural diversity

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

c01-f02-ob11usb

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of InteractionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1 next page)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that each have large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 5) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of tem-perature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 6(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 6(b))

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 10 8510 45543 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
microhabitats with
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Figure 5)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 6 from p 12 here set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
have
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcant see this label change colour of fontgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltalign with call outgt

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspBonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbones of dead whales that sink to the bottom of the ocean

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinside the bodies of giant clams and coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnails for a protective home

bullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinenspthe trunks of Cecropia trees The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants protect the tree by biting and stinging any herbivores that try to eat from it

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbills of hummingbirds moving from flower to flower feeding on nectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthem to stick to passing animals and be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgans that attract ants The ants feed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandoned cavities made in trees by woodpeckers for their own nests

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspwhere large fish come to have external parasites removed by small fish and shrimp

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveenspon our own skin help protect us from other bacterial and fungal infections

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspare almost entirely incapable of digesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and other microorganisms living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestines of humans produce vitamins that are then absorbed into the circulatory system

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 11 8510 45552 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltDelete border to merge top two cellsgt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
and corals
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
tissues
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
this
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make all photos in this table the same dimensionsgt

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a)

c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

(b)

12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
established after
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
normal
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

(a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

(b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

Figure 7

c01-p15-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull backgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icon bannergt

12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

CategoryNumber of species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini Investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini Investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltdelete rowgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back textgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
D
dalic
Text Box
E
dalic
Text Box
ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

(a) (b)

c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

(a) (b)

Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

To learn about DNA bar coding

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

c01-p27-oB11usB

genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
a quarter of
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
are the same species but do not appear similar They
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
identifying organisms by DNA examination
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
Caroline
Text Box
genus
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 9: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space Th ey can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

Th e physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors infl uencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area do not vary much

BiodiversitySpecies come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Diff erent species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance Th ey also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents Th is produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are diff erences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiver-sity To begin to answer these questions we will examine diversity in ecosystems

genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same speciesC01-F01-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

gray rat snake(E o spiloides )

Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri )

Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni )

W E

N

S

black rat snake(E o obsoleta )

yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata )

0 300 600 km

Figure 4 This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant

(a) (b)

c01-p06-oB11usB c01-p07-oB11usB

Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

c01-F01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 9 8510 45542 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltTRgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
a change
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
occurs in an entire population usually occurs over a long period
Doug
Line
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
significantly
Doug
Text Box
are much less variable
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO Change C01-P06 to SPL B305076 gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
an adult
dalic
Text Box
This light microscope image shows several diatoms Diatoms are a distinctive group of single-celled algae characterized by their intricately patterned glass-like cell wall Diatoms form an important part of the plankton at the base of the marine amp freshwater food chains There are over 10 000 species of diatoms
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltFIgure 3 goes heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltPlease place these two photos as the same width and height should be standard size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about becoming an ecologist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

canopy

understorey

herb layer

Figure 5 This mature forest has abundant structural diversity

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

c01-f02-ob11usb

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of InteractionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1 next page)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that each have large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 5) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of tem-perature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 6(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 6(b))

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 10 8510 45543 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
microhabitats with
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Figure 5)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 6 from p 12 here set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
have
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcant see this label change colour of fontgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltalign with call outgt

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspBonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbones of dead whales that sink to the bottom of the ocean

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinside the bodies of giant clams and coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnails for a protective home

bullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinenspthe trunks of Cecropia trees The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants protect the tree by biting and stinging any herbivores that try to eat from it

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbills of hummingbirds moving from flower to flower feeding on nectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthem to stick to passing animals and be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgans that attract ants The ants feed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandoned cavities made in trees by woodpeckers for their own nests

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspwhere large fish come to have external parasites removed by small fish and shrimp

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveenspon our own skin help protect us from other bacterial and fungal infections

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspare almost entirely incapable of digesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and other microorganisms living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestines of humans produce vitamins that are then absorbed into the circulatory system

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 11 8510 45552 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltDelete border to merge top two cellsgt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
and corals
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
tissues
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
this
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make all photos in this table the same dimensionsgt

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a)

c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

(b)

12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
established after
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
normal
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

(a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

(b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

Figure 7

c01-p15-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull backgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icon bannergt

12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

CategoryNumber of species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini Investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini Investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltdelete rowgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back textgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
D
dalic
Text Box
E
dalic
Text Box
ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

(a) (b)

c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

(a) (b)

Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

To learn about DNA bar coding

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

c01-p27-oB11usB

genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
a quarter of
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
are the same species but do not appear similar They
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
identifying organisms by DNA examination
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
Caroline
Text Box
genus
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 10: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about becoming an ecologist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

canopy

understorey

herb layer

Figure 5 This mature forest has abundant structural diversity

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

c01-f02-ob11usb

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of InteractionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1 next page)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that each have large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 5) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of tem-perature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 6(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 6(b))

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 10 8510 45543 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
microhabitats with
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Figure 5)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 6 from p 12 here set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
have
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcant see this label change colour of fontgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltalign with call outgt

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspBonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbones of dead whales that sink to the bottom of the ocean

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinside the bodies of giant clams and coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnails for a protective home

bullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinenspthe trunks of Cecropia trees The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants protect the tree by biting and stinging any herbivores that try to eat from it

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbills of hummingbirds moving from flower to flower feeding on nectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthem to stick to passing animals and be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgans that attract ants The ants feed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandoned cavities made in trees by woodpeckers for their own nests

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspwhere large fish come to have external parasites removed by small fish and shrimp

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveenspon our own skin help protect us from other bacterial and fungal infections

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspare almost entirely incapable of digesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and other microorganisms living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestines of humans produce vitamins that are then absorbed into the circulatory system

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 11 8510 45552 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltDelete border to merge top two cellsgt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
and corals
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
tissues
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
this
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make all photos in this table the same dimensionsgt

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a)

c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

(b)

12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
established after
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
normal
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

(a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

(b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

Figure 7

c01-p15-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull backgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icon bannergt

12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

CategoryNumber of species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini Investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini Investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltdelete rowgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back textgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
D
dalic
Text Box
E
dalic
Text Box
ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

(a) (b)

c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

(a) (b)

Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

To learn about DNA bar coding

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

c01-p27-oB11usB

genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
a quarter of
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
are the same species but do not appear similar They
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
identifying organisms by DNA examination
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
Caroline
Text Box
genus
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 11: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspBonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbones of dead whales that sink to the bottom of the ocean

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinside the bodies of giant clams and coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnails for a protective home

bullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinenspthe trunks of Cecropia trees The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants protect the tree by biting and stinging any herbivores that try to eat from it

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbills of hummingbirds moving from flower to flower feeding on nectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthem to stick to passing animals and be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgans that attract ants The ants feed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandoned cavities made in trees by woodpeckers for their own nests

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspwhere large fish come to have external parasites removed by small fish and shrimp

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveenspon our own skin help protect us from other bacterial and fungal infections

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspare almost entirely incapable of digesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and other microorganisms living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestines of humans produce vitamins that are then absorbed into the circulatory system

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 11 8510 45552 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltDelete border to merge top two cellsgt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
and corals
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
tissues
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
this
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make all photos in this table the same dimensionsgt

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a)

c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

(b)

12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
established after
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
normal
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

(a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

(b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

Figure 7

c01-p15-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull backgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icon bannergt

12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

CategoryNumber of species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini Investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini Investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltdelete rowgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back textgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
D
dalic
Text Box
E
dalic
Text Box
ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

(a) (b)

c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

(a) (b)

Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

To learn about DNA bar coding

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

c01-p27-oB11usB

genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
a quarter of
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
are the same species but do not appear similar They
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
identifying organisms by DNA examination
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
Caroline
Text Box
genus
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 12: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hasasignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct aft er approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others

Th e history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct Th e most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinction rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution Th e production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change Th ese human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

Many Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm caribou directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs reducing the available food supply for the caribou (Figure 7)

Figure 6 (a) Even-aged tree plantations often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a)

c01-p14-oB11usBc01-p16-oB11usB

To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

(b)

12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 12 8510 45555 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of page 10gt
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
established after
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
normal
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Artificial reefs made from sunken ships or aircraft
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltswitch the photos and labels P14 should be part (a) and P16 part (b)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltthis is now at the top of this pagegt

While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

(a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

(b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

Figure 7

c01-p15-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull backgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icon bannergt

12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

CategoryNumber of species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini Investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini Investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltdelete rowgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back textgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
D
dalic
Text Box
E
dalic
Text Box
ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

(a) (b)

c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

(a) (b)

Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

To learn about DNA bar coding

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

c01-p27-oB11usB

genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
a quarter of
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
are the same species but do not appear similar They
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
identifying organisms by DNA examination
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
Caroline
Text Box
genus
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 13: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

While it is not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Speciesevolveovertimeandspacebull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices Ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour Ku

3 Different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Suggest a possible explanation for this TI

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each Ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms Ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 Brainstorm some ways in which a loss of biodiversity might affect(a) agriculture and forestry(b) tourism(c) the health care industry

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems TI

8 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased Ku

(a) a land owner who wants to increase the structural diversity of an even-aged tree plantation

(b) a government agency that wants to increase the structural diversity of a new marine park

9 Consider the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth TI

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct TI

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction Ku

Figure 7

c01-p15-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 13 8510 45559 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Caribou and other species living the Arctic are already feeling the impacts of climate change
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull backgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplace at full size B dimensionsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icon bannergt

12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

CategoryNumber of species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini Investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini Investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltdelete rowgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back textgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
D
dalic
Text Box
E
dalic
Text Box
ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

(a) (b)

c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

(a) (b)

Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

To learn about DNA bar coding

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

c01-p27-oB11usB

genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
a quarter of
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
are the same species but do not appear similar They
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
identifying organisms by DNA examination
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
Caroline
Text Box
genus
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 14: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

12 the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationships among items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore other biologists immediately know what that means

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 14 8510 45606 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check photo dimensions should be a size Dgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltall 4 images should have the same dimensions please fixgt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

CategoryNumber of species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini Investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini Investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltdelete rowgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back textgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
D
dalic
Text Box
E
dalic
Text Box
ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

(a) (b)

c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

(a) (b)

Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

To learn about DNA bar coding

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

c01-p27-oB11usB

genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
a quarter of
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
are the same species but do not appear similar They
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
identifying organisms by DNA examination
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
Caroline
Text Box
genus
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 15: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek word taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for Identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task

One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

CategoryNumber of species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini Investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to create a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system too complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge TI

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category TI

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species and their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories TI

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences TI C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not TI C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning TI C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini Investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying all organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 15 8510 45609 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltdelete rowgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back textgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
Several steps are involved in creating a classification system First
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
You must then select categories that will help you sort your species based on the end use of your classification system
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove down set as new paragraphgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
D
dalic
Text Box
E
dalic
Text Box
ltWeve made edits to reduce the length of the RTgt

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

(a) (b)

c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

(a) (b)

Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

To learn about DNA bar coding

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

c01-p27-oB11usB

genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
a quarter of
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
are the same species but do not appear similar They
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
identifying organisms by DNA examination
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
Caroline
Text Box
genus
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 16: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhibiting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 5)

Another challenge is that species also evolve over time Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be con-sidered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evo-lutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set of genetic instructions in their DNA Unfortunately it is not always possible and not oft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining their DNA However with advances in technology this may soon change

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Today scientists who specialize in the study of plants are called botanists Botanists study over half a million species of living organisms

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable Species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example Europeans and North Americans use the common name ldquorobinrdquo for two diff erent species of birds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 6) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteris-tics Th is was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were oft en quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Figure 4 The juvenile (a) and adult grey (b) angel fi sh could easily be mistaken for different species

(a) (b)

c01-p23-oB11usB c01-p24-oB11usB c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

(a) (b)

Figure 5 These passion-vine butterfl ies (a) and (b) belong to the same species but inhabit different geographic ranges They have evolved different wing coloration

To learn about DNA bar coding

WEB LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Figure 6 Carl Linnaeus

c01-p27-oB11usB

genera a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 16 8510 45614 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
a quarter of
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photos) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
are the same species but do not appear similar They
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
identifying organisms by DNA examination
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltREMOVE C01-P27 and REPLACE with C01-P29 Selection FREE Systema_Naturae_coverjpg gt
Caroline
Text Box
genus
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 17: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 7) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomenclature system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) told you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hybridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 (next page) illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

Figure 7 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-p28-oB11usB

taxon a category used to classify organisms

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 17 8510 45615 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Binomial species names can also be abbreviated For example Homo sapiens can be written H sapiens
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back text (plus the corresponding photo and definition) to previous pagegt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttable 2 from the next page goes heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 18: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classifi cation

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

dichotomous KeysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defi ned criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small wood-land animal Th e taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears Th ese features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the tax-onomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measurements she classifi es it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identifi cation yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the par-ticular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ulti-mately leading to the smallest available classifi cation unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identifi cation process the user must choose between two defi ning statements

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements used to identify organisms (or objects)

bill elongated

bill not elongated

bill greatly widened at end

bill straight

bill strongly curved

spoonbill

heron

ibis

bill strongly hooked

bill uniform in width

cardinal

eagle

bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 18 8510 45618 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Its venomous bite is not dangerous to humans but can be painful
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove Figure 9 up a bit closer to the text abovegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Switch termsimages as markedgt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back set anything that doesnt fit as over mattergt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmarked text from the next page runs-in heregt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 19: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the classifi cation of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifi es an organism based on the presence or absence of care-fully chosen characteristics

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

c01-p31-oB11usB c01-p32-oB11usB

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 19 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltrun-in this text to last sentence prior to Figure 9 on previous page as markedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Now that you have read about dichotomous keys you may want to complete Investigation 121
dalic
Text Box
ltplace photos with same dimensions should each be a full size B gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back Qs so that they begin on this page okay to have them break over the pagegt

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 20: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

12 Questions

1 Describe four classification systems you have used in the past week How did they help you Ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy Ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo Ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae Ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following Ku TI

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientific Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to find out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct TI

7 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class)(b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia TI C A

8 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading TI A

(a) Go online to compare the following three groups of ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthworms (ii) flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names

9 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b) In northern Ontario mosquitoes and black flies would

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong to each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influence of ldquocriteriardquo on classification systems

10 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics Ku TI C

(a) Consider some of the important and obvious characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species

SEE OVERMATTER

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45621 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Callout
ltCATCH web link icongt
Caroline
Text Box
ltCATCH web link bannergt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
answer the questions below
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
lttrgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
What is
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Text Box
What are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
How many species are
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Describe
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
ltmove Q 7 into 2nd columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun in 2 columnsgt
dalic
Pencil

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 21: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless

smooth skinbull four-

chambered heart

bull swims using fins and tail

bull live birth

bull warm-blooded

bull some hairbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull live birthbull no tail

bull warm-blooded

bull feathersbull four-

chambered heart

bull walks on two legs

bull lays eggsbull short tail

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggsbull swims

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded

bull covered in hair

bull four-chambered heart

bull no tailbull live birthbull four limbs

used on land and in water

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

OVERMATTER

oM20

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 20 8510 45623 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltIf possible make all columns the same width The fourth and fifth columns are currently much wider than the others leading to some awkwardly short lines of text Crop photos similar to markup but widen all photos a bit if possible to fill width of page Photos should have the same dimensionsgt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
three
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
flippers and tail flukes
Doug
Text Box
using its tail
Doug
Text Box
and flies
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltimages approved 6gt
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back and delete over matter pagegt

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 22: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

13phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published On Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thou-sands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

William Smithdied age 40

NF1

Liz Smithdied 95

Katy ChenBreast Cancer

diag 55

PeterSmith

DavidRoberts

SarahRoberts

NF1diag 40

Shelley SmithNF1

diag 42died 52

LukeJohnson

AlisonRasheed

Sorry I donrsquot know where to simplify to make the chart smaller

KhaledRasheed

Bill RobertsNF1

died 30

PeterJohnson

NF1diag 5

NikiJohnson

JakieRasheed

BillRasheed

Ann RobertsNF1

diag 30

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TIP

c01-F04-oB11usBc01-F05-oB11usB

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the ability to fl y biologists consider bats much more closely related to foxes

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 21 8510 45624 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert 2 lines from top of p 22 heregt
Doug
Stamp
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make changes to F04 to match content shown in reference below If possible use line drawings of faces rather than circles and squaresgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 1313Please wait for final version of C01-F04 and then match height so that these images can be placed side-by-sidegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltclose up this spacegt

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 23: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

A

B

Figure 4(b)

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B Species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

(a)

c01-F06-oB11usB

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Felidae(cats)

Hyaenidae(hyaena)

Canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

Ursidae(bears)

Phocidae(seals)

Mustelidae(mink)

(b)

c01-F07-oB11usB

on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor For example the members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the order Carnivora of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most funda-mental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 22 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltMove to bottom of p 21gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign figure--they should be the same heightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltplease make sure this art matches style of phylogenetic trees in Ch1 gt
dalic
Text Box
ltrun intro text and title for Case 1 and Case 2 across full page see p19 of final Designgt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
5
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 5)
dalic
Text Box
Phylogenetic trees can be used to infer evolutionary relationships between species as illustrated by Sample Problem 1 Phylogenetic trees can also be used to identify clades as you will see in Sample Problem 2
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
Using
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships Between Species
dalic
Pencil

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 24: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Step 6 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

A

B

Figure 4(c)

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify clades

Step 1 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in purple) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A

B

Figure 5(a)

Step 2 Look at the green outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 3 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species outlined in orange form a clade The species outlined in green do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor or of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so they must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice 2 (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) above Do not include the

coloured outlines Use different colours to show the following clades (i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit (ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(b) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

Practice 1 Sketch Figure 2 (page XXX) in your notebook and answer the following questions

(a) Indicate the location of the species that is (i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats (ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species (b) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 23 8510 45625 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
Species B is therefore the most recent common ancestor of all three species
Doug
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(Figure 6)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
6
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Text Box
ltAH2gt Case 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Text Box
ltcentre art in columngt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
7
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
8
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
[KU][TI][C][A]
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
The steps outlined below explain how phylogenetic trees can be used to identify clades
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 25: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Taxonomy TodayOne of the major strengths and weaknesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxonomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

c01-F13-oB11usB

Figure 6 In the (a) traditional classifi cation system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

(a)

(b)

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 24 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART 13-bf x 313-lc x5gt
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Traditional taxonomy
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Common four-limbed ancestor
Caroline
Text Box
Phylogenetic taxonomy
Caroline
Text Box
ltMake both trees shorter by moving the branches as marked in purple Please try to reduce their height by about 30-40 to accommodate the text insert added to p 24 The images of organisms can be shrunk as well
Caroline
Text Box
mammals
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART lc x5gt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Caroline
Callout
ltART 13- Use green lines to match other phylogenetic trees13- Show dark green dots at end of each branchgt
Doug
Line
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
In (b) modern taxonomy crocodilians are grouped with birds because they share a more recent common ancestor Both birds and crocodilians are included in the larger reptile clade
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Extend yellow and blue outlines as marked but adjust them so they go just beyond the re-angled bottom line (similar to C01-F12)gt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltalign with new bottom of figuregt
Caroline
Callout
ltInsert two lines from p 25 heregt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Text Box
9
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 26: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsamongspeciesand groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics Ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so TI

3 What do the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree represent Ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree Ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (page XXX) in your notebook TI C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising Ku TI

7 Sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook TI C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER LInK

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 25 8510 45628 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
ltART Make green and pink screening a little darkermore visiblegt
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Doug
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltPull back as much text as possiblegt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
closely
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the pink
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
the orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
8
Caroline
Text Box
ltInsert text from paperclipped filegt1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

[CATCH C01-P61-OB11USB Size D1 Research Photo of DNA on a portable device (iPod) See photo ms]

[CATCH C01-P62-OB11USB Size D1 PU Photo of DNA barcode Pickup from Cengage fig 1 pg 68 See photo ms]

Figure 7 (a) In the near future biologists may be able to identify specimens in the field almost instantly using portable devices and DNA technology (b) The barcode for the frog-eating bat Trachops cirrhosus

Web Link

To learn more about the International Barcode of Life Project ltcatch web link icongt

The International Barcode of Life Project

Modern genetics is providing taxonomists with a powerful new tool for identifying species DNA barcoding was first proposed by Paul Herbert a researcher at the University of Guelph Ontario The idea is to use DNA technology to create a DNA profile of every species in the form of a barcode Ultimately researchers in the field will be able to use a handheld device to immediately identify any species from a tiny sample of DNA ( Figure 7) This will have tremendous benefits Because DNA is found in all cells the identification system can be used on organisms at any stage of their life from egg to adult and can even be used to identify tissue samples such as hair feathers or meat This can be a very useful tool for controlling the trafficking in products made from endangered species

The International Barcode of Life Project (iBOL) was launched in 2010 It is supported by 25 countries and involves hundreds of leading research scientists The projectrsquos scientific hub will be at the Biodiversity Institute of Ontario at the University of Guelph

Dr Herbertrsquos lab has already used DNA barcoding technology to reveal widespread false labelling of fish products sold in Canada and US Fish products of one species were being sold as another Eventually the technology may allow for very low cost routine sampling and monitoring of species diversity in entire ecosystems As of January 2010 a barcode database had already been created for more than 66 000 species [CATCH web link icon]

Page 27: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they discovered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have membrane-bound organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of signifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

Kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily rec-ognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria which are commonly called ldquobacteriardquo and Archaea are prokaryotic and are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomFungi

Kingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaea

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimals

Kingdom Plants

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

c01-F15-oB11usB

Name ChangeArchaea used to be called Archaebacteria but we now know that they are distinct from Eubacteria the ldquotrue bacteriardquo

LEARNiNg TIP

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 26 8510 45632 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
proteobacteria
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
other bacteria
Doug
Text Box
spirochetes
Doug
Text Box
cyanobacteria
Doug
Stamp
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
called
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Replace Kingdom Animals section of the tree with revised version belowgt
Caroline
Text Box
ltART add labels and red branches as markedgt
dalic
Pencil

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtainingenspenergy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoeba kelps green algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt 250 000 described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers flowering plants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoenspcellenspwallsensp

or chloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 27 8510 45641 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
They possess
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
h
dalic
Text Box
ltplace all images at same dimensionsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protists

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise to the Eubacteria and the interior branches give rise to eukaryotic organisms Note also that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called Domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 (next page) is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animal Plants and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is determined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 28 8510 45641 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
s
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltcaps x2gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check style of art against phylogenetic trees in Ch1 This piece is slightly different but any similar features to the art in Ch1 should appear the samegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
After reading about Kingdoms and Domains you can complete Investigation 141
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert Figure 3 (from the next page) here and then bump this last apra to the next pagegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
For example
dalic
Text Box
The tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise to the Eubacteria and the interior branches give rise to eukaryotic organisms13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplace caption in the margingt
dalic
Pencil

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

Archaea EukaryotesBacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

green nonsulfur bacteria

gram positives

purple bacteriacyanobacteria

flavobacteria

thermotogales

methanosarcina

haloarchaea

methanobacterium

methanococcus

thermoproteuspyrodictium

entamoebaeslim

e molds

anim

als

plantsciliates

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

fungi

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each Ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom Ku TI

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (page xxx) (a) State the four groups that gave rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning Ku TI C

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain Ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish Ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 29NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 29 8510 45642 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Eubacteria
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back to previous page where showngt

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some morphological features with reptiles both have some similar skeletal features and both have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypothesis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

Birds In a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usBc01-p45-oB11usB

Figure 2 Birds have reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators

NEL30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 30 8510 45644 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Callout
ltInsert text from top of p 31 heregt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
1 (b)
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltrun these captions in they are now both part of Figure 1gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltcentre this imagegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert em dash tightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Text Box
(b)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert hyphengt

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many fea-tures with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dino-saurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxonomists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is classifi -cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e phylogenetic tree in Figure 4 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relation-ships between birds and other groups of four-legged verte-brates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxonomic names and groupings (the orange boxes) Based on this tree species A is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes crocodilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descen-dants of ldquospeciesrdquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 4 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJ Princeton University Press

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 31

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

Ku TI

2 All scientifi c knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refi ned scientifi c understanding Ku TI

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodiles (Birds are unusual in having a one-way fl ow of air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their fi ndings(b) Go online to research the fi ndings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct TI A

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 31 8510 45645 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Callout
ltMove to bottom of p 30gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Crocodiles
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltTurn marked sentence into caption for reinstated Figure 4gt
Caroline
Callout
ltReinstate deleted Figure 4 C01-P47 BUT we need a new horizontal photo that shows a gavial or crocodile in profilegt
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
species A
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
predictions
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
please check style of art against phylogenetic trees in Ch1 This piece is slightly different but any similar features to the art in Ch1 should appear the samegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

chApter 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous KeyDichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous Key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity are below (Figures 2 to 7) Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions

dorsal (upper)surface

ventral (lower)surface

mouth

pectoral n

dorsal n

tail n

anterior

posterior

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

3 Use the dichotomous key (Table 1) to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic order of each fi sh

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBserVAtionAL stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F25-oB11usB

c01-p52-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta raybulladultwidth7mbulladultmass1500

kgbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking sharkbulladultlength8mbulladultmassbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingraybulladultwidth1mbulladultmass24kgbullprimaryfood

source shellfi sh

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

Figure 2

bulladult length 4 mbulladultmass150kgbullprimaryfood

source large fi sh

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

Figure 4 great white sharkbulladultlength46mbulladultmass2200kgbullprimaryfoodsource

large marine animals

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 barndoor

bulladultlength15mbulladultmass18kgbullprimaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 32 8510 45651 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Delete leader lines as marked but keep all labels Shrink Figure 1 slightly as showngt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltThe photo in Figures 2 to 7 need to be larger--as large as possible and still fit on this page Please set them in two rows - 3 across Then place the corresponding art images below each photo -- see attached page gt1313
Caroline
Callout
belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes
Caroline
Callout
to identify insects
Caroline
Callout
(fish with a non-bony skeleton)
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Callout
ltBFgt
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P49 needs to change to show a skate more similar to the line art See reference below but should have blue tone to match other photos on this page (From Cengage p 1215gt1313131313131313
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Stamp

332 Chapter 9

Activity 911

Using a Classification Key

Whales are often grouped as either toothed or baleen whales Baleen whales havea series of vertical plates that branch and crisscross at the opening of the mouthEach plate acts as a filter straining small marine life from the seawater In thisactivity you will identify various species of whales using a dichotomous key

Procedure

1 Use Figure 6 to help you identify the whalersquos body structures referred to inthe key

2 To identify each whale in Figures 7 to 13 start by reading part 1(a) and (b)of the key Then follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction at the end of the appropriatesentence until the whale has been properly classified

anterior

ventralsurface

posterior

dorsal surface

mouth

pectoralfin

tail fin

dorsal fin

Figure 6

Figure 7

bull teethbull adult length60 m (females) 67 m (males)bull adult mass 74 tonnes (t) (females)

105 t (males)

Figure 8

bull baleen platesbull adult length 137 m (females) 129 m (males)bull adult mass 25ndash30 t

Figure 9

bull teethbull adult length35 m (females) 45 m (males)bull adult mass 10 t (females) 12 t (males)

Figure 10

bull teethbull adult length 42 m (females)

47 m (males)bull adult mass 900 kg (females)

16 t (males)

Figure 11

bull teethbull adult length11 m (females)

15 m (males)bull adult mass 20 t (females)

45 t (males)

Figure 12

bull baleen platesbull adult length265 m (females)

25 m (males)bull adult mass 200 t (females)

100 t (males)

Figure 13

bull baleen platesbull adult length14ndash15 mbull adult mass 50ndash60 t

dalic
File Attachment
samplepdf

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i body with at dorsal and ventral surfaces order Myliobatiformes body not noticeably attened order Selachii

ii mouth opens anteriorly manta ray

mouth located on ventral surface go to iii

iii tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine skate

tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine stingray

v mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

go to iigo to iv

iv head dramatically attened and wide hammerhead

head not dramatically attened go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous Key 5 The observations for Part B of this activity are shown

in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characteristics that you used

in Part A to distinguish the fish from each other Ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fish Explain your reasoning Ku TI A

(c) How might a biologist benefit from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo Ku TI A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why Ku TI

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism they

can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fish Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species Ku TI A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most difficult to tell apart TI A

(g) Research the actual scientific names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name TI C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8

c01-p54-oB11usB

Figure 9

c01-p55-oB11usB

Figure 10

c01-p56-oB11usB

Figure 11

c01-p57-oB11usB

Figure 12

c01-p58-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 33 8510 45657 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Table 1
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltEnlarge Figures 8 to 12 and place in two rows as shown Enlarge as much as possible but keep them all the same sizegt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltNEW PHOTOS C01-P63-OB11USB Size B1 Research Photo of an interesting insect maybe another beetlegt
Caroline
Text Box
Figure 13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltPE Is it okay to call this a tablegt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipment Note that some species such as birds may be identified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects Some interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and

bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings Note any potential danger or safety hazards If necessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FieLD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 34 8510 45659 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt

Handle all organisms with care Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shaped leaflets The leaflets are usually 3 cmndash12 cm long The middle leaflet has a noticeably elongated stalk

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work TI C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook TI C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem TI

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking TI C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why TI

(f) New species are being continuously discovered Use the Internet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class TI C

c01-p60-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 35NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 35 8510 45700 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
(b) Giant hogweed grows to be a very large non-woody plant with large deeply divided compound leaves rough stems and flat-topped clusters of white flowers Its clear watery sap can cause severe irritation burns and scaring
Doug
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P64-OB11USB13Size C3 Research Photo of a giant hogweed that shows its leaves and flowers clearly See photo ms1313PLACE NEW PHOTO NEXT TO C01-P60gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and giant hogweed
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltchange to size C3gt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttry to even out columnsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove up this is too far down the pagegt

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 28: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtainingenspenergy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoeba kelps green algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt 250 000 described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers flowering plants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoenspcellenspwallsensp

or chloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 27 8510 45641 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
They possess
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
h
dalic
Text Box
ltplace all images at same dimensionsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protists

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise to the Eubacteria and the interior branches give rise to eukaryotic organisms Note also that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called Domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 (next page) is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animal Plants and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is determined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 28 8510 45641 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
s
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltcaps x2gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check style of art against phylogenetic trees in Ch1 This piece is slightly different but any similar features to the art in Ch1 should appear the samegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
After reading about Kingdoms and Domains you can complete Investigation 141
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert Figure 3 (from the next page) here and then bump this last apra to the next pagegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
For example
dalic
Text Box
The tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise to the Eubacteria and the interior branches give rise to eukaryotic organisms13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplace caption in the margingt
dalic
Pencil

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

Archaea EukaryotesBacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

green nonsulfur bacteria

gram positives

purple bacteriacyanobacteria

flavobacteria

thermotogales

methanosarcina

haloarchaea

methanobacterium

methanococcus

thermoproteuspyrodictium

entamoebaeslim

e molds

anim

als

plantsciliates

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

fungi

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each Ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom Ku TI

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (page xxx) (a) State the four groups that gave rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning Ku TI C

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain Ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish Ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 29NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 29 8510 45642 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Eubacteria
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back to previous page where showngt

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some morphological features with reptiles both have some similar skeletal features and both have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypothesis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

Birds In a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usBc01-p45-oB11usB

Figure 2 Birds have reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators

NEL30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 30 8510 45644 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Callout
ltInsert text from top of p 31 heregt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
1 (b)
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltrun these captions in they are now both part of Figure 1gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltcentre this imagegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert em dash tightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Text Box
(b)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert hyphengt

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many fea-tures with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dino-saurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxonomists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is classifi -cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e phylogenetic tree in Figure 4 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relation-ships between birds and other groups of four-legged verte-brates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxonomic names and groupings (the orange boxes) Based on this tree species A is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes crocodilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descen-dants of ldquospeciesrdquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 4 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJ Princeton University Press

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 31

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

Ku TI

2 All scientifi c knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refi ned scientifi c understanding Ku TI

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodiles (Birds are unusual in having a one-way fl ow of air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their fi ndings(b) Go online to research the fi ndings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct TI A

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 31 8510 45645 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Callout
ltMove to bottom of p 30gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Crocodiles
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltTurn marked sentence into caption for reinstated Figure 4gt
Caroline
Callout
ltReinstate deleted Figure 4 C01-P47 BUT we need a new horizontal photo that shows a gavial or crocodile in profilegt
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
species A
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
predictions
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
please check style of art against phylogenetic trees in Ch1 This piece is slightly different but any similar features to the art in Ch1 should appear the samegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

chApter 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous KeyDichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous Key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity are below (Figures 2 to 7) Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions

dorsal (upper)surface

ventral (lower)surface

mouth

pectoral n

dorsal n

tail n

anterior

posterior

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

3 Use the dichotomous key (Table 1) to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic order of each fi sh

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBserVAtionAL stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F25-oB11usB

c01-p52-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta raybulladultwidth7mbulladultmass1500

kgbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking sharkbulladultlength8mbulladultmassbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingraybulladultwidth1mbulladultmass24kgbullprimaryfood

source shellfi sh

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

Figure 2

bulladult length 4 mbulladultmass150kgbullprimaryfood

source large fi sh

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

Figure 4 great white sharkbulladultlength46mbulladultmass2200kgbullprimaryfoodsource

large marine animals

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 barndoor

bulladultlength15mbulladultmass18kgbullprimaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 32 8510 45651 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Delete leader lines as marked but keep all labels Shrink Figure 1 slightly as showngt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltThe photo in Figures 2 to 7 need to be larger--as large as possible and still fit on this page Please set them in two rows - 3 across Then place the corresponding art images below each photo -- see attached page gt1313
Caroline
Callout
belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes
Caroline
Callout
to identify insects
Caroline
Callout
(fish with a non-bony skeleton)
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Callout
ltBFgt
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P49 needs to change to show a skate more similar to the line art See reference below but should have blue tone to match other photos on this page (From Cengage p 1215gt1313131313131313
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Stamp

332 Chapter 9

Activity 911

Using a Classification Key

Whales are often grouped as either toothed or baleen whales Baleen whales havea series of vertical plates that branch and crisscross at the opening of the mouthEach plate acts as a filter straining small marine life from the seawater In thisactivity you will identify various species of whales using a dichotomous key

Procedure

1 Use Figure 6 to help you identify the whalersquos body structures referred to inthe key

2 To identify each whale in Figures 7 to 13 start by reading part 1(a) and (b)of the key Then follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction at the end of the appropriatesentence until the whale has been properly classified

anterior

ventralsurface

posterior

dorsal surface

mouth

pectoralfin

tail fin

dorsal fin

Figure 6

Figure 7

bull teethbull adult length60 m (females) 67 m (males)bull adult mass 74 tonnes (t) (females)

105 t (males)

Figure 8

bull baleen platesbull adult length 137 m (females) 129 m (males)bull adult mass 25ndash30 t

Figure 9

bull teethbull adult length35 m (females) 45 m (males)bull adult mass 10 t (females) 12 t (males)

Figure 10

bull teethbull adult length 42 m (females)

47 m (males)bull adult mass 900 kg (females)

16 t (males)

Figure 11

bull teethbull adult length11 m (females)

15 m (males)bull adult mass 20 t (females)

45 t (males)

Figure 12

bull baleen platesbull adult length265 m (females)

25 m (males)bull adult mass 200 t (females)

100 t (males)

Figure 13

bull baleen platesbull adult length14ndash15 mbull adult mass 50ndash60 t

dalic
File Attachment
samplepdf

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i body with at dorsal and ventral surfaces order Myliobatiformes body not noticeably attened order Selachii

ii mouth opens anteriorly manta ray

mouth located on ventral surface go to iii

iii tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine skate

tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine stingray

v mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

go to iigo to iv

iv head dramatically attened and wide hammerhead

head not dramatically attened go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous Key 5 The observations for Part B of this activity are shown

in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characteristics that you used

in Part A to distinguish the fish from each other Ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fish Explain your reasoning Ku TI A

(c) How might a biologist benefit from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo Ku TI A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why Ku TI

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism they

can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fish Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species Ku TI A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most difficult to tell apart TI A

(g) Research the actual scientific names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name TI C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8

c01-p54-oB11usB

Figure 9

c01-p55-oB11usB

Figure 10

c01-p56-oB11usB

Figure 11

c01-p57-oB11usB

Figure 12

c01-p58-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 33 8510 45657 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Table 1
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltEnlarge Figures 8 to 12 and place in two rows as shown Enlarge as much as possible but keep them all the same sizegt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltNEW PHOTOS C01-P63-OB11USB Size B1 Research Photo of an interesting insect maybe another beetlegt
Caroline
Text Box
Figure 13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltPE Is it okay to call this a tablegt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipment Note that some species such as birds may be identified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects Some interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and

bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings Note any potential danger or safety hazards If necessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FieLD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 34 8510 45659 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt

Handle all organisms with care Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shaped leaflets The leaflets are usually 3 cmndash12 cm long The middle leaflet has a noticeably elongated stalk

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work TI C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook TI C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem TI

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking TI C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why TI

(f) New species are being continuously discovered Use the Internet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class TI C

c01-p60-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 35NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 35 8510 45700 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
(b) Giant hogweed grows to be a very large non-woody plant with large deeply divided compound leaves rough stems and flat-topped clusters of white flowers Its clear watery sap can cause severe irritation burns and scaring
Doug
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P64-OB11USB13Size C3 Research Photo of a giant hogweed that shows its leaves and flowers clearly See photo ms1313PLACE NEW PHOTO NEXT TO C01-P60gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and giant hogweed
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltchange to size C3gt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttry to even out columnsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove up this is too far down the pagegt

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 29: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protists

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise to the Eubacteria and the interior branches give rise to eukaryotic organisms Note also that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called Domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 (next page) is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animal Plants and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is determined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 28 8510 45641 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
s
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltcaps x2gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltplease check style of art against phylogenetic trees in Ch1 This piece is slightly different but any similar features to the art in Ch1 should appear the samegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
After reading about Kingdoms and Domains you can complete Investigation 141
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Text Box
ltrun ingt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert Figure 3 (from the next page) here and then bump this last apra to the next pagegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
For example
dalic
Text Box
The tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise to the Eubacteria and the interior branches give rise to eukaryotic organisms13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltplace caption in the margingt
dalic
Pencil

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

Archaea EukaryotesBacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

green nonsulfur bacteria

gram positives

purple bacteriacyanobacteria

flavobacteria

thermotogales

methanosarcina

haloarchaea

methanobacterium

methanococcus

thermoproteuspyrodictium

entamoebaeslim

e molds

anim

als

plantsciliates

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

fungi

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each Ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom Ku TI

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (page xxx) (a) State the four groups that gave rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning Ku TI C

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain Ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish Ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 29NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 29 8510 45642 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Eubacteria
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back to previous page where showngt

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some morphological features with reptiles both have some similar skeletal features and both have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypothesis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

Birds In a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usBc01-p45-oB11usB

Figure 2 Birds have reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators

NEL30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 30 8510 45644 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Callout
ltInsert text from top of p 31 heregt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
1 (b)
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltrun these captions in they are now both part of Figure 1gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltcentre this imagegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert em dash tightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Text Box
(b)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert hyphengt

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many fea-tures with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dino-saurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxonomists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is classifi -cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e phylogenetic tree in Figure 4 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relation-ships between birds and other groups of four-legged verte-brates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxonomic names and groupings (the orange boxes) Based on this tree species A is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes crocodilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descen-dants of ldquospeciesrdquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 4 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJ Princeton University Press

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 31

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

Ku TI

2 All scientifi c knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refi ned scientifi c understanding Ku TI

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodiles (Birds are unusual in having a one-way fl ow of air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their fi ndings(b) Go online to research the fi ndings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct TI A

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 31 8510 45645 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Callout
ltMove to bottom of p 30gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Crocodiles
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltTurn marked sentence into caption for reinstated Figure 4gt
Caroline
Callout
ltReinstate deleted Figure 4 C01-P47 BUT we need a new horizontal photo that shows a gavial or crocodile in profilegt
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
species A
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
predictions
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
please check style of art against phylogenetic trees in Ch1 This piece is slightly different but any similar features to the art in Ch1 should appear the samegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

chApter 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous KeyDichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous Key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity are below (Figures 2 to 7) Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions

dorsal (upper)surface

ventral (lower)surface

mouth

pectoral n

dorsal n

tail n

anterior

posterior

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

3 Use the dichotomous key (Table 1) to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic order of each fi sh

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBserVAtionAL stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F25-oB11usB

c01-p52-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta raybulladultwidth7mbulladultmass1500

kgbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking sharkbulladultlength8mbulladultmassbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingraybulladultwidth1mbulladultmass24kgbullprimaryfood

source shellfi sh

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

Figure 2

bulladult length 4 mbulladultmass150kgbullprimaryfood

source large fi sh

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

Figure 4 great white sharkbulladultlength46mbulladultmass2200kgbullprimaryfoodsource

large marine animals

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 barndoor

bulladultlength15mbulladultmass18kgbullprimaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 32 8510 45651 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Delete leader lines as marked but keep all labels Shrink Figure 1 slightly as showngt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltThe photo in Figures 2 to 7 need to be larger--as large as possible and still fit on this page Please set them in two rows - 3 across Then place the corresponding art images below each photo -- see attached page gt1313
Caroline
Callout
belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes
Caroline
Callout
to identify insects
Caroline
Callout
(fish with a non-bony skeleton)
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Callout
ltBFgt
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P49 needs to change to show a skate more similar to the line art See reference below but should have blue tone to match other photos on this page (From Cengage p 1215gt1313131313131313
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Stamp

332 Chapter 9

Activity 911

Using a Classification Key

Whales are often grouped as either toothed or baleen whales Baleen whales havea series of vertical plates that branch and crisscross at the opening of the mouthEach plate acts as a filter straining small marine life from the seawater In thisactivity you will identify various species of whales using a dichotomous key

Procedure

1 Use Figure 6 to help you identify the whalersquos body structures referred to inthe key

2 To identify each whale in Figures 7 to 13 start by reading part 1(a) and (b)of the key Then follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction at the end of the appropriatesentence until the whale has been properly classified

anterior

ventralsurface

posterior

dorsal surface

mouth

pectoralfin

tail fin

dorsal fin

Figure 6

Figure 7

bull teethbull adult length60 m (females) 67 m (males)bull adult mass 74 tonnes (t) (females)

105 t (males)

Figure 8

bull baleen platesbull adult length 137 m (females) 129 m (males)bull adult mass 25ndash30 t

Figure 9

bull teethbull adult length35 m (females) 45 m (males)bull adult mass 10 t (females) 12 t (males)

Figure 10

bull teethbull adult length 42 m (females)

47 m (males)bull adult mass 900 kg (females)

16 t (males)

Figure 11

bull teethbull adult length11 m (females)

15 m (males)bull adult mass 20 t (females)

45 t (males)

Figure 12

bull baleen platesbull adult length265 m (females)

25 m (males)bull adult mass 200 t (females)

100 t (males)

Figure 13

bull baleen platesbull adult length14ndash15 mbull adult mass 50ndash60 t

dalic
File Attachment
samplepdf

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i body with at dorsal and ventral surfaces order Myliobatiformes body not noticeably attened order Selachii

ii mouth opens anteriorly manta ray

mouth located on ventral surface go to iii

iii tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine skate

tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine stingray

v mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

go to iigo to iv

iv head dramatically attened and wide hammerhead

head not dramatically attened go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous Key 5 The observations for Part B of this activity are shown

in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characteristics that you used

in Part A to distinguish the fish from each other Ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fish Explain your reasoning Ku TI A

(c) How might a biologist benefit from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo Ku TI A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why Ku TI

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism they

can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fish Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species Ku TI A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most difficult to tell apart TI A

(g) Research the actual scientific names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name TI C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8

c01-p54-oB11usB

Figure 9

c01-p55-oB11usB

Figure 10

c01-p56-oB11usB

Figure 11

c01-p57-oB11usB

Figure 12

c01-p58-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 33 8510 45657 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Table 1
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltEnlarge Figures 8 to 12 and place in two rows as shown Enlarge as much as possible but keep them all the same sizegt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltNEW PHOTOS C01-P63-OB11USB Size B1 Research Photo of an interesting insect maybe another beetlegt
Caroline
Text Box
Figure 13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltPE Is it okay to call this a tablegt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipment Note that some species such as birds may be identified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects Some interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and

bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings Note any potential danger or safety hazards If necessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FieLD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 34 8510 45659 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt

Handle all organisms with care Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shaped leaflets The leaflets are usually 3 cmndash12 cm long The middle leaflet has a noticeably elongated stalk

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work TI C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook TI C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem TI

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking TI C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why TI

(f) New species are being continuously discovered Use the Internet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class TI C

c01-p60-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 35NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 35 8510 45700 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
(b) Giant hogweed grows to be a very large non-woody plant with large deeply divided compound leaves rough stems and flat-topped clusters of white flowers Its clear watery sap can cause severe irritation burns and scaring
Doug
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P64-OB11USB13Size C3 Research Photo of a giant hogweed that shows its leaves and flowers clearly See photo ms1313PLACE NEW PHOTO NEXT TO C01-P60gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and giant hogweed
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltchange to size C3gt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttry to even out columnsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove up this is too far down the pagegt

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 30: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

Archaea EukaryotesBacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

green nonsulfur bacteria

gram positives

purple bacteriacyanobacteria

flavobacteria

thermotogales

methanosarcina

haloarchaea

methanobacterium

methanococcus

thermoproteuspyrodictium

entamoebaeslim

e molds

anim

als

plantsciliates

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

fungi

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each Ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom Ku TI

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (page xxx) (a) State the four groups that gave rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning Ku TI C

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain Ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish Ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 29NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 29 8510 45642 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Eubacteria
dalic
Rectangle
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltpull back to previous page where showngt

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some morphological features with reptiles both have some similar skeletal features and both have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypothesis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

Birds In a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usBc01-p45-oB11usB

Figure 2 Birds have reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators

NEL30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 30 8510 45644 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Callout
ltInsert text from top of p 31 heregt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
1 (b)
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltrun these captions in they are now both part of Figure 1gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltcentre this imagegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert em dash tightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Text Box
(b)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert hyphengt

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many fea-tures with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dino-saurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxonomists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is classifi -cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e phylogenetic tree in Figure 4 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relation-ships between birds and other groups of four-legged verte-brates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxonomic names and groupings (the orange boxes) Based on this tree species A is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes crocodilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descen-dants of ldquospeciesrdquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 4 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJ Princeton University Press

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 31

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

Ku TI

2 All scientifi c knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refi ned scientifi c understanding Ku TI

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodiles (Birds are unusual in having a one-way fl ow of air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their fi ndings(b) Go online to research the fi ndings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct TI A

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 31 8510 45645 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Callout
ltMove to bottom of p 30gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Crocodiles
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltTurn marked sentence into caption for reinstated Figure 4gt
Caroline
Callout
ltReinstate deleted Figure 4 C01-P47 BUT we need a new horizontal photo that shows a gavial or crocodile in profilegt
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
species A
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
predictions
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
please check style of art against phylogenetic trees in Ch1 This piece is slightly different but any similar features to the art in Ch1 should appear the samegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

chApter 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous KeyDichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous Key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity are below (Figures 2 to 7) Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions

dorsal (upper)surface

ventral (lower)surface

mouth

pectoral n

dorsal n

tail n

anterior

posterior

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

3 Use the dichotomous key (Table 1) to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic order of each fi sh

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBserVAtionAL stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F25-oB11usB

c01-p52-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta raybulladultwidth7mbulladultmass1500

kgbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking sharkbulladultlength8mbulladultmassbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingraybulladultwidth1mbulladultmass24kgbullprimaryfood

source shellfi sh

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

Figure 2

bulladult length 4 mbulladultmass150kgbullprimaryfood

source large fi sh

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

Figure 4 great white sharkbulladultlength46mbulladultmass2200kgbullprimaryfoodsource

large marine animals

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 barndoor

bulladultlength15mbulladultmass18kgbullprimaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 32 8510 45651 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Delete leader lines as marked but keep all labels Shrink Figure 1 slightly as showngt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltThe photo in Figures 2 to 7 need to be larger--as large as possible and still fit on this page Please set them in two rows - 3 across Then place the corresponding art images below each photo -- see attached page gt1313
Caroline
Callout
belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes
Caroline
Callout
to identify insects
Caroline
Callout
(fish with a non-bony skeleton)
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Callout
ltBFgt
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P49 needs to change to show a skate more similar to the line art See reference below but should have blue tone to match other photos on this page (From Cengage p 1215gt1313131313131313
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Stamp

332 Chapter 9

Activity 911

Using a Classification Key

Whales are often grouped as either toothed or baleen whales Baleen whales havea series of vertical plates that branch and crisscross at the opening of the mouthEach plate acts as a filter straining small marine life from the seawater In thisactivity you will identify various species of whales using a dichotomous key

Procedure

1 Use Figure 6 to help you identify the whalersquos body structures referred to inthe key

2 To identify each whale in Figures 7 to 13 start by reading part 1(a) and (b)of the key Then follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction at the end of the appropriatesentence until the whale has been properly classified

anterior

ventralsurface

posterior

dorsal surface

mouth

pectoralfin

tail fin

dorsal fin

Figure 6

Figure 7

bull teethbull adult length60 m (females) 67 m (males)bull adult mass 74 tonnes (t) (females)

105 t (males)

Figure 8

bull baleen platesbull adult length 137 m (females) 129 m (males)bull adult mass 25ndash30 t

Figure 9

bull teethbull adult length35 m (females) 45 m (males)bull adult mass 10 t (females) 12 t (males)

Figure 10

bull teethbull adult length 42 m (females)

47 m (males)bull adult mass 900 kg (females)

16 t (males)

Figure 11

bull teethbull adult length11 m (females)

15 m (males)bull adult mass 20 t (females)

45 t (males)

Figure 12

bull baleen platesbull adult length265 m (females)

25 m (males)bull adult mass 200 t (females)

100 t (males)

Figure 13

bull baleen platesbull adult length14ndash15 mbull adult mass 50ndash60 t

dalic
File Attachment
samplepdf

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i body with at dorsal and ventral surfaces order Myliobatiformes body not noticeably attened order Selachii

ii mouth opens anteriorly manta ray

mouth located on ventral surface go to iii

iii tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine skate

tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine stingray

v mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

go to iigo to iv

iv head dramatically attened and wide hammerhead

head not dramatically attened go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous Key 5 The observations for Part B of this activity are shown

in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characteristics that you used

in Part A to distinguish the fish from each other Ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fish Explain your reasoning Ku TI A

(c) How might a biologist benefit from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo Ku TI A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why Ku TI

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism they

can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fish Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species Ku TI A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most difficult to tell apart TI A

(g) Research the actual scientific names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name TI C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8

c01-p54-oB11usB

Figure 9

c01-p55-oB11usB

Figure 10

c01-p56-oB11usB

Figure 11

c01-p57-oB11usB

Figure 12

c01-p58-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 33 8510 45657 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Table 1
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltEnlarge Figures 8 to 12 and place in two rows as shown Enlarge as much as possible but keep them all the same sizegt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltNEW PHOTOS C01-P63-OB11USB Size B1 Research Photo of an interesting insect maybe another beetlegt
Caroline
Text Box
Figure 13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltPE Is it okay to call this a tablegt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipment Note that some species such as birds may be identified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects Some interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and

bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings Note any potential danger or safety hazards If necessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FieLD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 34 8510 45659 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt

Handle all organisms with care Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shaped leaflets The leaflets are usually 3 cmndash12 cm long The middle leaflet has a noticeably elongated stalk

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work TI C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook TI C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem TI

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking TI C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why TI

(f) New species are being continuously discovered Use the Internet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class TI C

c01-p60-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 35NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 35 8510 45700 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
(b) Giant hogweed grows to be a very large non-woody plant with large deeply divided compound leaves rough stems and flat-topped clusters of white flowers Its clear watery sap can cause severe irritation burns and scaring
Doug
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P64-OB11USB13Size C3 Research Photo of a giant hogweed that shows its leaves and flowers clearly See photo ms1313PLACE NEW PHOTO NEXT TO C01-P60gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and giant hogweed
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltchange to size C3gt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttry to even out columnsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove up this is too far down the pagegt

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 31: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some morphological features with reptiles both have some similar skeletal features and both have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypothesis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

Birds In a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usBc01-p45-oB11usB

Figure 2 Birds have reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators

NEL30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 30 8510 45644 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Callout
ltInsert text from top of p 31 heregt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
1 (b)
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltrun these captions in they are now both part of Figure 1gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
ltcentre this imagegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert em dash tightgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Text Box
(b)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltinsert hyphengt

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many fea-tures with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dino-saurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxonomists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is classifi -cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e phylogenetic tree in Figure 4 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relation-ships between birds and other groups of four-legged verte-brates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxonomic names and groupings (the orange boxes) Based on this tree species A is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes crocodilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descen-dants of ldquospeciesrdquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 4 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJ Princeton University Press

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 31

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

Ku TI

2 All scientifi c knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refi ned scientifi c understanding Ku TI

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodiles (Birds are unusual in having a one-way fl ow of air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their fi ndings(b) Go online to research the fi ndings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct TI A

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 31 8510 45645 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Callout
ltMove to bottom of p 30gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Crocodiles
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltTurn marked sentence into caption for reinstated Figure 4gt
Caroline
Callout
ltReinstate deleted Figure 4 C01-P47 BUT we need a new horizontal photo that shows a gavial or crocodile in profilegt
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
species A
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
predictions
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
please check style of art against phylogenetic trees in Ch1 This piece is slightly different but any similar features to the art in Ch1 should appear the samegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

chApter 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous KeyDichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous Key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity are below (Figures 2 to 7) Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions

dorsal (upper)surface

ventral (lower)surface

mouth

pectoral n

dorsal n

tail n

anterior

posterior

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

3 Use the dichotomous key (Table 1) to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic order of each fi sh

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBserVAtionAL stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F25-oB11usB

c01-p52-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta raybulladultwidth7mbulladultmass1500

kgbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking sharkbulladultlength8mbulladultmassbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingraybulladultwidth1mbulladultmass24kgbullprimaryfood

source shellfi sh

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

Figure 2

bulladult length 4 mbulladultmass150kgbullprimaryfood

source large fi sh

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

Figure 4 great white sharkbulladultlength46mbulladultmass2200kgbullprimaryfoodsource

large marine animals

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 barndoor

bulladultlength15mbulladultmass18kgbullprimaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 32 8510 45651 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Delete leader lines as marked but keep all labels Shrink Figure 1 slightly as showngt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltThe photo in Figures 2 to 7 need to be larger--as large as possible and still fit on this page Please set them in two rows - 3 across Then place the corresponding art images below each photo -- see attached page gt1313
Caroline
Callout
belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes
Caroline
Callout
to identify insects
Caroline
Callout
(fish with a non-bony skeleton)
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Callout
ltBFgt
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P49 needs to change to show a skate more similar to the line art See reference below but should have blue tone to match other photos on this page (From Cengage p 1215gt1313131313131313
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Stamp

332 Chapter 9

Activity 911

Using a Classification Key

Whales are often grouped as either toothed or baleen whales Baleen whales havea series of vertical plates that branch and crisscross at the opening of the mouthEach plate acts as a filter straining small marine life from the seawater In thisactivity you will identify various species of whales using a dichotomous key

Procedure

1 Use Figure 6 to help you identify the whalersquos body structures referred to inthe key

2 To identify each whale in Figures 7 to 13 start by reading part 1(a) and (b)of the key Then follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction at the end of the appropriatesentence until the whale has been properly classified

anterior

ventralsurface

posterior

dorsal surface

mouth

pectoralfin

tail fin

dorsal fin

Figure 6

Figure 7

bull teethbull adult length60 m (females) 67 m (males)bull adult mass 74 tonnes (t) (females)

105 t (males)

Figure 8

bull baleen platesbull adult length 137 m (females) 129 m (males)bull adult mass 25ndash30 t

Figure 9

bull teethbull adult length35 m (females) 45 m (males)bull adult mass 10 t (females) 12 t (males)

Figure 10

bull teethbull adult length 42 m (females)

47 m (males)bull adult mass 900 kg (females)

16 t (males)

Figure 11

bull teethbull adult length11 m (females)

15 m (males)bull adult mass 20 t (females)

45 t (males)

Figure 12

bull baleen platesbull adult length265 m (females)

25 m (males)bull adult mass 200 t (females)

100 t (males)

Figure 13

bull baleen platesbull adult length14ndash15 mbull adult mass 50ndash60 t

dalic
File Attachment
samplepdf

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i body with at dorsal and ventral surfaces order Myliobatiformes body not noticeably attened order Selachii

ii mouth opens anteriorly manta ray

mouth located on ventral surface go to iii

iii tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine skate

tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine stingray

v mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

go to iigo to iv

iv head dramatically attened and wide hammerhead

head not dramatically attened go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous Key 5 The observations for Part B of this activity are shown

in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characteristics that you used

in Part A to distinguish the fish from each other Ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fish Explain your reasoning Ku TI A

(c) How might a biologist benefit from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo Ku TI A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why Ku TI

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism they

can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fish Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species Ku TI A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most difficult to tell apart TI A

(g) Research the actual scientific names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name TI C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8

c01-p54-oB11usB

Figure 9

c01-p55-oB11usB

Figure 10

c01-p56-oB11usB

Figure 11

c01-p57-oB11usB

Figure 12

c01-p58-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 33 8510 45657 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Table 1
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltEnlarge Figures 8 to 12 and place in two rows as shown Enlarge as much as possible but keep them all the same sizegt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltNEW PHOTOS C01-P63-OB11USB Size B1 Research Photo of an interesting insect maybe another beetlegt
Caroline
Text Box
Figure 13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltPE Is it okay to call this a tablegt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipment Note that some species such as birds may be identified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects Some interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and

bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings Note any potential danger or safety hazards If necessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FieLD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 34 8510 45659 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt

Handle all organisms with care Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shaped leaflets The leaflets are usually 3 cmndash12 cm long The middle leaflet has a noticeably elongated stalk

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work TI C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook TI C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem TI

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking TI C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why TI

(f) New species are being continuously discovered Use the Internet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class TI C

c01-p60-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 35NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 35 8510 45700 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
(b) Giant hogweed grows to be a very large non-woody plant with large deeply divided compound leaves rough stems and flat-topped clusters of white flowers Its clear watery sap can cause severe irritation burns and scaring
Doug
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P64-OB11USB13Size C3 Research Photo of a giant hogweed that shows its leaves and flowers clearly See photo ms1313PLACE NEW PHOTO NEXT TO C01-P60gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and giant hogweed
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltchange to size C3gt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttry to even out columnsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove up this is too far down the pagegt

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 32: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many fea-tures with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dino-saurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxonomists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is classifi -cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e phylogenetic tree in Figure 4 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relation-ships between birds and other groups of four-legged verte-brates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxonomic names and groupings (the orange boxes) Based on this tree species A is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes crocodilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descen-dants of ldquospeciesrdquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 4 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJ Princeton University Press

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 31

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

Ku TI

2 All scientifi c knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refi ned scientifi c understanding Ku TI

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodiles (Birds are unusual in having a one-way fl ow of air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their fi ndings(b) Go online to research the fi ndings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct TI A

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 31 8510 45645 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Callout
ltMove to bottom of p 30gt
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Crocodiles
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltTurn marked sentence into caption for reinstated Figure 4gt
Caroline
Callout
ltReinstate deleted Figure 4 C01-P47 BUT we need a new horizontal photo that shows a gavial or crocodile in profilegt
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
species A
Doug
Line
Doug
Text Box
predictions
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
please check style of art against phylogenetic trees in Ch1 This piece is slightly different but any similar features to the art in Ch1 should appear the samegt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

chApter 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous KeyDichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous Key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity are below (Figures 2 to 7) Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions

dorsal (upper)surface

ventral (lower)surface

mouth

pectoral n

dorsal n

tail n

anterior

posterior

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

3 Use the dichotomous key (Table 1) to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic order of each fi sh

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBserVAtionAL stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F25-oB11usB

c01-p52-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta raybulladultwidth7mbulladultmass1500

kgbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking sharkbulladultlength8mbulladultmassbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingraybulladultwidth1mbulladultmass24kgbullprimaryfood

source shellfi sh

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

Figure 2

bulladult length 4 mbulladultmass150kgbullprimaryfood

source large fi sh

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

Figure 4 great white sharkbulladultlength46mbulladultmass2200kgbullprimaryfoodsource

large marine animals

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 barndoor

bulladultlength15mbulladultmass18kgbullprimaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 32 8510 45651 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Delete leader lines as marked but keep all labels Shrink Figure 1 slightly as showngt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltThe photo in Figures 2 to 7 need to be larger--as large as possible and still fit on this page Please set them in two rows - 3 across Then place the corresponding art images below each photo -- see attached page gt1313
Caroline
Callout
belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes
Caroline
Callout
to identify insects
Caroline
Callout
(fish with a non-bony skeleton)
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Callout
ltBFgt
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P49 needs to change to show a skate more similar to the line art See reference below but should have blue tone to match other photos on this page (From Cengage p 1215gt1313131313131313
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Stamp

332 Chapter 9

Activity 911

Using a Classification Key

Whales are often grouped as either toothed or baleen whales Baleen whales havea series of vertical plates that branch and crisscross at the opening of the mouthEach plate acts as a filter straining small marine life from the seawater In thisactivity you will identify various species of whales using a dichotomous key

Procedure

1 Use Figure 6 to help you identify the whalersquos body structures referred to inthe key

2 To identify each whale in Figures 7 to 13 start by reading part 1(a) and (b)of the key Then follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction at the end of the appropriatesentence until the whale has been properly classified

anterior

ventralsurface

posterior

dorsal surface

mouth

pectoralfin

tail fin

dorsal fin

Figure 6

Figure 7

bull teethbull adult length60 m (females) 67 m (males)bull adult mass 74 tonnes (t) (females)

105 t (males)

Figure 8

bull baleen platesbull adult length 137 m (females) 129 m (males)bull adult mass 25ndash30 t

Figure 9

bull teethbull adult length35 m (females) 45 m (males)bull adult mass 10 t (females) 12 t (males)

Figure 10

bull teethbull adult length 42 m (females)

47 m (males)bull adult mass 900 kg (females)

16 t (males)

Figure 11

bull teethbull adult length11 m (females)

15 m (males)bull adult mass 20 t (females)

45 t (males)

Figure 12

bull baleen platesbull adult length265 m (females)

25 m (males)bull adult mass 200 t (females)

100 t (males)

Figure 13

bull baleen platesbull adult length14ndash15 mbull adult mass 50ndash60 t

dalic
File Attachment
samplepdf

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i body with at dorsal and ventral surfaces order Myliobatiformes body not noticeably attened order Selachii

ii mouth opens anteriorly manta ray

mouth located on ventral surface go to iii

iii tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine skate

tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine stingray

v mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

go to iigo to iv

iv head dramatically attened and wide hammerhead

head not dramatically attened go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous Key 5 The observations for Part B of this activity are shown

in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characteristics that you used

in Part A to distinguish the fish from each other Ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fish Explain your reasoning Ku TI A

(c) How might a biologist benefit from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo Ku TI A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why Ku TI

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism they

can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fish Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species Ku TI A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most difficult to tell apart TI A

(g) Research the actual scientific names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name TI C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8

c01-p54-oB11usB

Figure 9

c01-p55-oB11usB

Figure 10

c01-p56-oB11usB

Figure 11

c01-p57-oB11usB

Figure 12

c01-p58-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 33 8510 45657 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Table 1
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltEnlarge Figures 8 to 12 and place in two rows as shown Enlarge as much as possible but keep them all the same sizegt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltNEW PHOTOS C01-P63-OB11USB Size B1 Research Photo of an interesting insect maybe another beetlegt
Caroline
Text Box
Figure 13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltPE Is it okay to call this a tablegt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipment Note that some species such as birds may be identified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects Some interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and

bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings Note any potential danger or safety hazards If necessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FieLD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 34 8510 45659 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt

Handle all organisms with care Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shaped leaflets The leaflets are usually 3 cmndash12 cm long The middle leaflet has a noticeably elongated stalk

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work TI C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook TI C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem TI

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking TI C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why TI

(f) New species are being continuously discovered Use the Internet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class TI C

c01-p60-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 35NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 35 8510 45700 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
(b) Giant hogweed grows to be a very large non-woody plant with large deeply divided compound leaves rough stems and flat-topped clusters of white flowers Its clear watery sap can cause severe irritation burns and scaring
Doug
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P64-OB11USB13Size C3 Research Photo of a giant hogweed that shows its leaves and flowers clearly See photo ms1313PLACE NEW PHOTO NEXT TO C01-P60gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and giant hogweed
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltchange to size C3gt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttry to even out columnsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove up this is too far down the pagegt

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 33: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

chApter 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous KeyDichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous Key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity are below (Figures 2 to 7) Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions

dorsal (upper)surface

ventral (lower)surface

mouth

pectoral n

dorsal n

tail n

anterior

posterior

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

3 Use the dichotomous key (Table 1) to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic order of each fi sh

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBserVAtionAL stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F25-oB11usB

c01-p52-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta raybulladultwidth7mbulladultmass1500

kgbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking sharkbulladultlength8mbulladultmassbullprimaryfood

source plankton

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingraybulladultwidth1mbulladultmass24kgbullprimaryfood

source shellfi sh

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

Figure 2

bulladult length 4 mbulladultmass150kgbullprimaryfood

source large fi sh

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

Figure 4 great white sharkbulladultlength46mbulladultmass2200kgbullprimaryfoodsource

large marine animals

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 barndoor

bulladultlength15mbulladultmass18kgbullprimaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 32 8510 45651 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltART Delete leader lines as marked but keep all labels Shrink Figure 1 slightly as showngt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltThe photo in Figures 2 to 7 need to be larger--as large as possible and still fit on this page Please set them in two rows - 3 across Then place the corresponding art images below each photo -- see attached page gt1313
Caroline
Callout
belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes
Caroline
Callout
to identify insects
Caroline
Callout
(fish with a non-bony skeleton)
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Callout
ltBFgt
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P49 needs to change to show a skate more similar to the line art See reference below but should have blue tone to match other photos on this page (From Cengage p 1215gt1313131313131313
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Stamp

332 Chapter 9

Activity 911

Using a Classification Key

Whales are often grouped as either toothed or baleen whales Baleen whales havea series of vertical plates that branch and crisscross at the opening of the mouthEach plate acts as a filter straining small marine life from the seawater In thisactivity you will identify various species of whales using a dichotomous key

Procedure

1 Use Figure 6 to help you identify the whalersquos body structures referred to inthe key

2 To identify each whale in Figures 7 to 13 start by reading part 1(a) and (b)of the key Then follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction at the end of the appropriatesentence until the whale has been properly classified

anterior

ventralsurface

posterior

dorsal surface

mouth

pectoralfin

tail fin

dorsal fin

Figure 6

Figure 7

bull teethbull adult length60 m (females) 67 m (males)bull adult mass 74 tonnes (t) (females)

105 t (males)

Figure 8

bull baleen platesbull adult length 137 m (females) 129 m (males)bull adult mass 25ndash30 t

Figure 9

bull teethbull adult length35 m (females) 45 m (males)bull adult mass 10 t (females) 12 t (males)

Figure 10

bull teethbull adult length 42 m (females)

47 m (males)bull adult mass 900 kg (females)

16 t (males)

Figure 11

bull teethbull adult length11 m (females)

15 m (males)bull adult mass 20 t (females)

45 t (males)

Figure 12

bull baleen platesbull adult length265 m (females)

25 m (males)bull adult mass 200 t (females)

100 t (males)

Figure 13

bull baleen platesbull adult length14ndash15 mbull adult mass 50ndash60 t

dalic
File Attachment
samplepdf

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i body with at dorsal and ventral surfaces order Myliobatiformes body not noticeably attened order Selachii

ii mouth opens anteriorly manta ray

mouth located on ventral surface go to iii

iii tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine skate

tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine stingray

v mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

go to iigo to iv

iv head dramatically attened and wide hammerhead

head not dramatically attened go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous Key 5 The observations for Part B of this activity are shown

in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characteristics that you used

in Part A to distinguish the fish from each other Ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fish Explain your reasoning Ku TI A

(c) How might a biologist benefit from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo Ku TI A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why Ku TI

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism they

can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fish Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species Ku TI A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most difficult to tell apart TI A

(g) Research the actual scientific names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name TI C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8

c01-p54-oB11usB

Figure 9

c01-p55-oB11usB

Figure 10

c01-p56-oB11usB

Figure 11

c01-p57-oB11usB

Figure 12

c01-p58-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 33 8510 45657 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Table 1
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltEnlarge Figures 8 to 12 and place in two rows as shown Enlarge as much as possible but keep them all the same sizegt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltNEW PHOTOS C01-P63-OB11USB Size B1 Research Photo of an interesting insect maybe another beetlegt
Caroline
Text Box
Figure 13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltPE Is it okay to call this a tablegt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipment Note that some species such as birds may be identified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects Some interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and

bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings Note any potential danger or safety hazards If necessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FieLD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 34 8510 45659 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt

Handle all organisms with care Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shaped leaflets The leaflets are usually 3 cmndash12 cm long The middle leaflet has a noticeably elongated stalk

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work TI C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook TI C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem TI

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking TI C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why TI

(f) New species are being continuously discovered Use the Internet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class TI C

c01-p60-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 35NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 35 8510 45700 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
(b) Giant hogweed grows to be a very large non-woody plant with large deeply divided compound leaves rough stems and flat-topped clusters of white flowers Its clear watery sap can cause severe irritation burns and scaring
Doug
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P64-OB11USB13Size C3 Research Photo of a giant hogweed that shows its leaves and flowers clearly See photo ms1313PLACE NEW PHOTO NEXT TO C01-P60gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and giant hogweed
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltchange to size C3gt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttry to even out columnsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove up this is too far down the pagegt

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 34: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

332 Chapter 9

Activity 911

Using a Classification Key

Whales are often grouped as either toothed or baleen whales Baleen whales havea series of vertical plates that branch and crisscross at the opening of the mouthEach plate acts as a filter straining small marine life from the seawater In thisactivity you will identify various species of whales using a dichotomous key

Procedure

1 Use Figure 6 to help you identify the whalersquos body structures referred to inthe key

2 To identify each whale in Figures 7 to 13 start by reading part 1(a) and (b)of the key Then follow the ldquoGo tordquo direction at the end of the appropriatesentence until the whale has been properly classified

anterior

ventralsurface

posterior

dorsal surface

mouth

pectoralfin

tail fin

dorsal fin

Figure 6

Figure 7

bull teethbull adult length60 m (females) 67 m (males)bull adult mass 74 tonnes (t) (females)

105 t (males)

Figure 8

bull baleen platesbull adult length 137 m (females) 129 m (males)bull adult mass 25ndash30 t

Figure 9

bull teethbull adult length35 m (females) 45 m (males)bull adult mass 10 t (females) 12 t (males)

Figure 10

bull teethbull adult length 42 m (females)

47 m (males)bull adult mass 900 kg (females)

16 t (males)

Figure 11

bull teethbull adult length11 m (females)

15 m (males)bull adult mass 20 t (females)

45 t (males)

Figure 12

bull baleen platesbull adult length265 m (females)

25 m (males)bull adult mass 200 t (females)

100 t (males)

Figure 13

bull baleen platesbull adult length14ndash15 mbull adult mass 50ndash60 t

dalic
File Attachment
samplepdf

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i body with at dorsal and ventral surfaces order Myliobatiformes body not noticeably attened order Selachii

ii mouth opens anteriorly manta ray

mouth located on ventral surface go to iii

iii tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine skate

tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine stingray

v mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

go to iigo to iv

iv head dramatically attened and wide hammerhead

head not dramatically attened go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous Key 5 The observations for Part B of this activity are shown

in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characteristics that you used

in Part A to distinguish the fish from each other Ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fish Explain your reasoning Ku TI A

(c) How might a biologist benefit from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo Ku TI A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why Ku TI

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism they

can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fish Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species Ku TI A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most difficult to tell apart TI A

(g) Research the actual scientific names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name TI C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8

c01-p54-oB11usB

Figure 9

c01-p55-oB11usB

Figure 10

c01-p56-oB11usB

Figure 11

c01-p57-oB11usB

Figure 12

c01-p58-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 33 8510 45657 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Table 1
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltEnlarge Figures 8 to 12 and place in two rows as shown Enlarge as much as possible but keep them all the same sizegt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltNEW PHOTOS C01-P63-OB11USB Size B1 Research Photo of an interesting insect maybe another beetlegt
Caroline
Text Box
Figure 13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltPE Is it okay to call this a tablegt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipment Note that some species such as birds may be identified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects Some interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and

bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings Note any potential danger or safety hazards If necessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FieLD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 34 8510 45659 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt

Handle all organisms with care Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shaped leaflets The leaflets are usually 3 cmndash12 cm long The middle leaflet has a noticeably elongated stalk

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work TI C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook TI C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem TI

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking TI C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why TI

(f) New species are being continuously discovered Use the Internet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class TI C

c01-p60-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 35NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 35 8510 45700 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
(b) Giant hogweed grows to be a very large non-woody plant with large deeply divided compound leaves rough stems and flat-topped clusters of white flowers Its clear watery sap can cause severe irritation burns and scaring
Doug
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P64-OB11USB13Size C3 Research Photo of a giant hogweed that shows its leaves and flowers clearly See photo ms1313PLACE NEW PHOTO NEXT TO C01-P60gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and giant hogweed
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltchange to size C3gt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttry to even out columnsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove up this is too far down the pagegt

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 35: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i body with at dorsal and ventral surfaces order Myliobatiformes body not noticeably attened order Selachii

ii mouth opens anteriorly manta ray

mouth located on ventral surface go to iii

iii tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine skate

tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine stingray

v mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

go to iigo to iv

iv head dramatically attened and wide hammerhead

head not dramatically attened go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

2nd pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous Key 5 The observations for Part B of this activity are shown

in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characteristics that you used

in Part A to distinguish the fish from each other Ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fish Explain your reasoning Ku TI A

(c) How might a biologist benefit from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo Ku TI A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why Ku TI

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism they

can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fish Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species Ku TI A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most difficult to tell apart TI A

(g) Research the actual scientific names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name TI C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8

c01-p54-oB11usB

Figure 9

c01-p55-oB11usB

Figure 10

c01-p56-oB11usB

Figure 11

c01-p57-oB11usB

Figure 12

c01-p58-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 33 8510 45657 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Text Box
Table 1
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltEnlarge Figures 8 to 12 and place in two rows as shown Enlarge as much as possible but keep them all the same sizegt
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
ltNEW PHOTOS C01-P63-OB11USB Size B1 Research Photo of an interesting insect maybe another beetlegt
Caroline
Text Box
Figure 13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
13
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltcatch web link icongt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltPE Is it okay to call this a tablegt
dalic
Text Box
ltkeep page breakgt

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipment Note that some species such as birds may be identified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects Some interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and

bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings Note any potential danger or safety hazards If necessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FieLD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 34 8510 45659 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt

Handle all organisms with care Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shaped leaflets The leaflets are usually 3 cmndash12 cm long The middle leaflet has a noticeably elongated stalk

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work TI C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook TI C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem TI

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking TI C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why TI

(f) New species are being continuously discovered Use the Internet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class TI C

c01-p60-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 35NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 35 8510 45700 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
(b) Giant hogweed grows to be a very large non-woody plant with large deeply divided compound leaves rough stems and flat-topped clusters of white flowers Its clear watery sap can cause severe irritation burns and scaring
Doug
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P64-OB11USB13Size C3 Research Photo of a giant hogweed that shows its leaves and flowers clearly See photo ms1313PLACE NEW PHOTO NEXT TO C01-P60gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and giant hogweed
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltchange to size C3gt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttry to even out columnsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove up this is too far down the pagegt

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 36: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipment Note that some species such as birds may be identified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects Some interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and

bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings Note any potential danger or safety hazards If necessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

SKILLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FieLD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 34 8510 45659 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Line
dalic
Text Box
ltapprovedgt

Handle all organisms with care Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shaped leaflets The leaflets are usually 3 cmndash12 cm long The middle leaflet has a noticeably elongated stalk

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work TI C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook TI C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem TI

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking TI C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why TI

(f) New species are being continuously discovered Use the Internet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class TI C

c01-p60-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 35NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 35 8510 45700 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
(b) Giant hogweed grows to be a very large non-woody plant with large deeply divided compound leaves rough stems and flat-topped clusters of white flowers Its clear watery sap can cause severe irritation burns and scaring
Doug
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P64-OB11USB13Size C3 Research Photo of a giant hogweed that shows its leaves and flowers clearly See photo ms1313PLACE NEW PHOTO NEXT TO C01-P60gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and giant hogweed
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltchange to size C3gt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttry to even out columnsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove up this is too far down the pagegt

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 37: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Handle all organisms with care Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shaped leaflets The leaflets are usually 3 cmndash12 cm long The middle leaflet has a noticeably elongated stalk

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work TI C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook TI C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem TI

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking TI C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why TI

(f) New species are being continuously discovered Use the Internet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class TI C

c01-p60-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 35NEL

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 35 8510 45700 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Doug
Text Box
(b) Giant hogweed grows to be a very large non-woody plant with large deeply divided compound leaves rough stems and flat-topped clusters of white flowers Its clear watery sap can cause severe irritation burns and scaring
Doug
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
notebook
Caroline
Text Box
ltPHOTO C01-P64-OB11USB13Size C3 Research Photo of a giant hogweed that shows its leaves and flowers clearly See photo ms1313PLACE NEW PHOTO NEXT TO C01-P60gt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and giant hogweed
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltchange to size C3gt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
lttry to even out columnsgt
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltmove up this is too far down the pagegt

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 38: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Summary Questions

chApter 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to the diversity of living things Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program that leads to your chosen career

Research at least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

C01-F27-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

12U Biology

11U Biology

OSSGD

BA

LLBJD

BScBEng

veterinarian

MA medical ethicist

hospital administrator

Shouldnrsquot ldquoMArdquo be in an oval box

forestry technician

respiratory therapist

MSc

university ormedical school

professor

physicianpulmonologist

thoracic surgeon

DVM

college diploma

MD

pulmonaryresearcher

ecologist conservationbiologist botanisttaxonomist

PhD

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 36 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
genus
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
ltlcgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
What are the key tasks and responsibilities of an individual in the career you selected What do you think makes the career most interesting and challenging
Doug
Pencil
Doug
Text Box
conservation officer pest control specialist
Doug
Text Box
pathologist
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 39: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 SELF-QuIz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 37

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 37 8510 45702 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
To do an online self-quiz13ltcatch go to Nelson Science bannergt

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 40: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Ku KnowledgeUnderstanding TI ThinkingInvestigation C Communication A ApplicationchApter 1 rEvIEw

[QuESTIonS To CoME]

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 38 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 41: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 39 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 42: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

40 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 40 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 43: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Chapter 1 Review 41NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 41 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 44: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

42 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 42 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510

Page 45: UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison Enterprises · 2010-08-30 · diversity of Living Things oVerALL eXpectAtions ... of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the

Chapter 1 Review 43NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-043indd 43 8510 45703 PMPosted in 2nd Pass folder on 8510